Home

R&S®SMW-K49 IEEE 802.16 WiMAX

1. 206 5 1 General Commands lt gt 1 0 121 5 lt gt 5 1 1 10 1 tr 122 5 lt gt 122 5 lt gt 0 404 123 ESOURceshw eode ce dtr ueteri cxi ve ate tenete etian 123 SOURceshw ErBBAWIMAX MODPE Ea eee 123 ESOURCe hw I BBIWIMSX PRESGL enero a EXER Ie XE Feet Rok sein bau genda 123 lt gt 124 9 lt gt oos 124 SOURce lt hw BB WIMax SETTing LOAD a RR Ree xxu 124 5 lt gt 5 125 SOURGe shw rEBBAVIMax ooo ttc tt paite 125 SOURce hw EBBAWIMax S EAT i anera es venues ede
2. 156 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt 156 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt 5 157 5 lt gt 0 20 lt 10 gt 5 157 5 lt gt 0 20 lt 510 gt 500 157 lt gt 0 20 lt 510 gt 500 158 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNGding CID ch0 BBITmap 158 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNGding CID ch0 CID 158 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNding CID ch0 CINDex 159 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNGding CID ch0 DECoffset 159 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt FBANd STARt 159 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt FBANd COUNT 160 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt PERiodicity 160 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CI
3. 205 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm BW Bw Sets the channel bandwidth OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt Bw gt float DL the allowed values depend on the selected frequency band SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm FBANd UL the full range between 1 25 and 28 MHz is available Only discrete sets of values are available If a new value is not allowed the next allowed value in the direction of change is set Range 1 25E6 to 28E6 Increment 0 05 6 RST 1 75E6 Example BB WIM AOFD FBAN ETSI selects frequency band according to ETSI specifications BB WIM AOFD BW 1586 sets the channel bandwidth to 28 MHz Manual operation See Channel Bandwidth OFDMA on page 54 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm FBANd lt FBand gt The command selects the available frequency band for the carrier frequencies Parameters lt FBand gt ETSI MMDS WCS UNII USER WIBRo ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute MMDS Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Service WCS Wireless Communication Service UNII Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure WIBRo Telecommunications Technology Association of Korea RST ETSI Example BB WIM AOFD FBAN ETSI selects frequency band according to ETSI specifications Manual operation See Frequency Band OFDMA on page 53 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm FFT lt Fft gt The command sets the size of the
4. 172 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 50 gt lt gt 172 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt FFB CWSize m 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 0 gt lt gt 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 50 gt lt gt 50 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 50 gt lt gt 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 0 gt lt gt 5 00 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 50 gt lt gt 5 0 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 50 gt lt gt SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0O BURSt ch0 HARQ MSTart STATe 175 lt gt 2 lt 50 gt 5 lt 0 gt 5 2
5. lt gt 210 lt gt 5 0 gt 210 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 DLMap DCD STATe sess 210 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 DLMap UCD STATe sss 210 lt gt lt gt 5 211 lt gt 5 lt gt 211 lt gt lt gt 211 lt gt 5 lt gt 212 5 lt gt lt gt 5 212 lt gt lt gt 212 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 MAC ENCRypted STATe 212 5 lt gt 5 0 gt 5 213 lt gt
6. lt gt 213 lt gt lt gt 213 lt gt lt gt 214 lt gt lt gt 214 lt gt lt gt 214 5 00 lt gt 1 5 lt gt 5 214 OFDM Physical Layer Settings SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 TYPE essere 215 5 lt gt lt gt 0 215 lt gt lt gt 215 85 lt gt lt gt 216 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSI COUNIG eese 216 E SOURce shw BBAVIMax OFDM BW E
7. 164 lt gt 0 203 lt 510 gt 500 164 lt gt 20 lt 10 gt 5 165 5 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt 5 165 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt 5 165 lt gt 1 20 lt 510 gt 5 166 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SYMBol COUNt AUTO esee 166 lt gt 1 20 lt 510 gt 5 166 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 CCODing FEC 166 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 CCODing INTerleaver 167 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 CCODing MODE 167 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 CCODing RANDomizer 167 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt COMFlict S TATe 168 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt
8. 16 State MAC 51 111 184 213 dae 102 SUB DL UL MAP Index 2 108 Subcarrier 59 Subchannel Index 35 223 SUbCchannel Offset 2 65 Subchannel Rotation 59 204 Symbol Count State reete 57 Sync output to external trigger 23 T TOD 19 TH ratio 95 55 152 224 Time Plan View Mode OFDMA 58 Time Plan Zone Index OFDMA 58 Total Number Of CIDs OFDMA 70 158 Transmission direction Trigger delay aii odes t s tete a REI arated Trigger mode 2321 Trigger signal duration 22 Trigger source 29 TUNAS 8 Type MAG erre err erre reed 52 111 U UCD CID iei Dr ias tie taie d eec ius 94 UCD Count 2 46 UIUC OFDMA 79 UL HARG ACK Offset metet 109 UL MAP Allocation Start Time 196 UL MAP Allocation Start Time Base 195 215 UL MAP File eene oer cepe eu ee rendoo 49 94 UL MAP File OFDM pe
9. lt gt 27 lt gt SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt PRBSid 5 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 510 gt 5 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SEGMent essere SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNding AMODe essen 5 00 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 50 gt 500 5 0 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 50 gt 500 0 lt gt 5 00 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 50 gt 500 0 lt gt SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt CINDex SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt DECoffset 5 00 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 50 gt 500 0 lt gt 5 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONEsst0 SOUNGding CID ch0 FBANGQ COUNLG SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONEsst0 SOUNGding CID ch0 PERiodicity
10. ties 188 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC EKS 188 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC STATE oie EP 188 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 PDU dir0 MAC STATe 189 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC TYPE 189 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC CID 189 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt lt gt 189 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0O gt PMAP DMODulation lt dir0 gt 190 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0O gt PMAP UMODulation lt dir0 gt 190 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 POWer uus 191 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 RANGing ACODe 191 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 RANGing OPPortunity SIZE vaca n TE 191 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt RANGing OPPortunity SS eU M DE 192 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt RANGing SCGCount 192 SOURce lt hw g
11. OFDMA Generate Waveform File 4 Started iie de aeter tentes tho eri eee M ERR RES H HARQ ACK Offset Indicator 108 171 Data Source HARQ DIUC resa cesa 96 55 Include CID Switch IE 89 202 Include In SUB DL UL MAP 80 93 101 Initial Delay Of 1 2t 31 a rt ee roc etch 10 interleaver 167 2 State rnt rec einn 80 93 Inverse guard ratio 35 55 152 224 L Level Reference recetas 32 150 221 Linear Gain OFDMA 76 154 LINK IDMECHOMN 20 123 MAC CID 50 52 79 84 92 104 107 111 114 MAC Header State 51 111 184 213 MAC Header State PDU MAC Type 22 22 0 2 22 200 400 0 Manual Trigger Marker delay Marker Delay wii Marker mode 1 000000000000000000000200000001228 Max Cyclic Shift Index OFDMA 10 162 Measured external 4 30 Midamble Repetition rnt temen 37 2 102 178 1
12. Marker 3 Restart Rise Offset Samples Fall Offset Samples Current Range Without Recalculation SSS 0 000 Samples o Be do ur Bopp sa Neq 2000 Samples Se T E o M M UE d SUE o Wo Eo dew o 0 000 Samples 2000 Samples SS Se e OU 0901 PY TT 0 000 Samples o 2000 Samples This dialog comprises the settings required for configuring the marker mode and the marker delay Routing and Enabling a Marker o The provided marker signals are not dedicated to a particular connector but can be mapped to one or more globally shared USER or local T M C connectors To route and enable a marker signal perform the following general steps e Define the shape of the generated marker i e select the Marker gt Mode Define the connector USER or T M C the selected signal is output at i e config ure the Local and Global Connector Settings Marker Mode Marker configuration for up to 3 marker channels The settings are used to select the marker mode defining the shape and periodicity of the markers The contents of the dialog change with the selected marker mode the settings are self explanatory Restart A marker signal is generated at the start of each ARB sequence Marker Settings Frame A marker signal is generated at the start of each frame Frame Active The marker signal is high whenever a burst is active and low during
13. SOURceshw T BB WIMaSX AOFDmETG IB t 5 lt gt 7 5 0 lt gt 20 3 lt 50 gt 5 00 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 50 gt 5 lt gt 27 lt 0 gt 0 lt gt 27 lt 6 0 gt 5 0 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt CSTD lt ch0 gt CDELay lt dir0 gt 500 lt gt 20 3 lt 50 gt 5 0 lt 0 gt lt 0 gt 5 0 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 510 gt 5 0 lt gt lt gt 27 lt gt 2 lt gt 27 lt gt 0 lt gt 27 lt 6 gt
14. lt gt 139 lt gt lt gt 139 lt gt 1 lt gt 139 lt gt lt gt 139 5 lt gt lt gt 140 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut ch ONTime eene 140 5 lt gt lt gt 22200 140 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut ch ROFFset esee 140 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut ch FOFFset esee 140 Marker Settings SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut ch PATTern essere 141 lt gt 1 lt gt 141 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger gt 5 2 141 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut DELay FIXe
15. nnns 213 5 lt gt gt 214 5 lt gt 0 gt 2 214 5 lt gt lt 0 gt 214 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt SYMBol COUNt SOURceshw EBB WIMax OFDM BU RSt amp Ch0 T YBE teen tutt pti tatnen nente lt gt 5 lt gt 0 10 lt gt 5 lt 0 gt 01 2 lt gt lt 0 gt 0 2 lt gt ttr hen tn ren er nen eee e rena SOURceshw E BB WIMax OFDM FBANG nt enr rni rnc rro eee nri tern ri roo ni ry deis SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FCH CCC ESOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDMiFCHIDA TA neon tnter lt gt 5 lt gt 2 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM FCH FNOFfset eater ertt tnr
16. 118 1 16 1 32 FFT size Subcarrier Permutation 128 512 1024 or 2048 PUSC FUSC downlink only AMC 2x3 Sounding uplink only Nr Of bursts per frame 0 64 Modulation amp CC rates QPSK 75 QPSK 16 QAM 75 16 QAM 64 QAM 64 QAM 2 3 64 QAM 64 QAM 5 6 Data all O all 1 pattern up to 64 bit PN 9 to PN 23 data lists Burst power range 80 dB 10 dB MAC functions One generic MAC header CRC available per burst General Settings for WiMAX Signals 4 WiMAX Configuration and Settings gt To access the IEEE 802 16 WiMAX settings select Baseband gt IEEE 802 16 WiMAX The remote commands required to define these settings are described in chapter 5 Remote Control Commands on page 120 e General Settings for WIMAX Signals iiie eL cid ed 15 e Trigger Sets cuc e edere demit ui Fe 20 e aco chee dido dp bx dle d dd 25 e 28 Local and Global Connector Settings ierant enacted Ier 30 e Frame Configuration General 30 e Frame Gonfiguration OPBM chord ce t c ott c e nre n ee cie dae 32 e FCH Configuration Downlink OFDM ioris 43 e Generate UL MAP Uplink 45 e DL MAP Configuration Downlink 47 e U
17. 173 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 FORMat 174 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 HARQ COUNt 174 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 HARQ MODE 174 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ MSTart STATe 175 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 HARQ SLFRee 175 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 HARQXdir0 ACID 176 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt ACKD 176 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt DATA 176 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt DATA ETUR 177 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt DATA EAT WS cendo hacen ad ata egeo e nice eel Goa agave 177 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt DIUC 177 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt DLENgth 178 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt FORMat 178 SO
18. 4 7 4 Active Carrier Graph OFDM gt access this dialog select Carrier Graph IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Frame Configuration OFDM 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 The graph shows used pilots and carriers of the current subchannelization mode When subchannelization is activated by setting No of used Subchannels to a value different than 16 the graph shows the used and blanked carriers according to the setting of Subchannel Index User Manual 1175 6732 02 07 42 FCH Configuration Downlink OFDM 4 8 FCH Configuration Downlink OFDM To access this dialog select General Physical Layer Mode OFDM Select Link Direction gt Downlink Select Frame Configuration OFDM gt Frame Configuration gt Common gt Select Configure FCH IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDM FCH FCH State FCH Mode Frame Number Offset Configuration Change Count This dialog comprises the settings required for configuring FCH Provided are the following settings FCH State OFDM Activates the FCH Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FCH STATe on page 219 FCH Mode OFDM Selects the mode for generating the FCH Channel Coding of the FCH is performed both in Auto and User mode FCH Configuration Downlink OFDM Auto In Auto mode the DLFP Downlink Frame Prefix fields which form the FCH are filled automatically with parameters specified at di
19. 219 Configuration Change Count FCH OFDM Sets the configuration change count value This value is used for the corresponding FCH field in Auto mode Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FCH CCC on page 217 Generate UL MAP Uplink OFDM Data Source FCH OFDM Specifies the data source in User mode The FCH contents are filled from the selected data source The following standard data sources are available e All 1 An internally generated sequence containing O data or 1 data e An internally generated pseudo random noise sequence e Pattern An internally generated sequence according to a bit pattern Use the Pattern box to define the bit pattern e Data List Select DList A binary data from a data list internally or externally generated Select Select DList to access the standard Select List dialog Select the Select Data List gt navigate to the list file dm_iqd gt Select to select an existing data list Use the New and Edit functions to create internally new data list or to edit an existing one Use the standard File Manager function to transfer external data lists to the instrument See also e section Modulation Data in the R amp S SMW user manual section File and Data Management the R amp S SMW user manual e section Data List Editor in the R amp S SMW user manual Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM FCH on page
20. 5 1 2 40 404 222 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM SUBChannel INDex essen 223 lt gt 223 lt gt 224 ESOURCGe hw rEBBNVIMax OFDNELDIG a entm 224 lt gt 224 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BSID lt gt Sets the 4 LSBs of the Base Station ID Only the four least significant bits are given The BSID is transmitted in the FCH when set to Auto mode and it is used to initialize the randomizer Parameters lt Bsid gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM OFDM BSID 2 the base station id is 2 Manual operation See BSID OFDM on page 34 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing STATe State The command switches channel coding on or off If channel coding is switched off the bits read from the data source are directly modulated onto the carriers Due to random ization missing this could result in very high crest factors of the signal OFDM Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt State gt 0 1 ON RST ON Example BB W
21. BURS2 RANG ACOD queries the number of allocated code Usage Query only Manual operation See No Of Allocated Codes on page 98 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt RANGing OPPortunity SIZE lt Size gt Sets the ranging opportunity size Parameters lt Size gt integer Range 1 to 4 RST 2 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 RANG OPP SIZE 2 sets a opportunity size of 2 Manual operation See Opportunity Size on page 98 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt RANGing OPPortunity SLOTcount lt SlotCount gt Sets the number of ranging opportunity slots Parameters lt SlotCount gt integer Range 1 to 1E9 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 RANG OPP SLOT 2 sets a number of 2 opportunity slots Manual operation See No Of Opportunity Slots on page 98 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt RANGing SCGCount lt ScgCount gt Sets the number of ranging sub channel groups Burst Type Ranging is available in uplink only Parameters lt ScgCount gt integer Range 1 to 10 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 RANG SCGC 2 sets a number of 2 opportunity subchannel groups Manual operation See No Of Subchannel Groups on page 98 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt SLOT COUNt
22. SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONEsst0 SOUNding CID ch0 2 POWer STATe SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONEsst0 SOUNGding CID ch0 RELevance STATe SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONEsst0 SOUNGding CID ch0 SUBChannel OFFSet SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt SUBChannel COUNET 5 0 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 510 gt 500 0 lt 0 gt 5 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONEsst0 SOUNGding CMAXimum eee SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding DECimation RANDomization STATe SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNGding DECimation VALue eese 5 lt gt 1 203 lt 50 gt 500 5 0 lt gt 20 3 lt 510 gt 500 163 5 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 510 gt 500 163 5 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 50 gt 500
23. SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SYMBol COUNt Count Selects the number of symbols in UL zone for OFDMA configurations The duration of uplink bursts can not exceed the specified number of symbols Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 1 to 10000 RST 2 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SYMB COUN 3 selects 3 symbols for zone 1 Manual operation See No Of Symbols OFDMA on page 57 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SYMBol COUNt AUTO lt Auto gt The command activates or deactivates automatic zone length In auto mode the num ber of symbols in the zone is derived from the configured bursts such that all bursts fit into the zone except if the frame duration is exceeded This command is available in downlink only Parameters lt Auto gt 0 1 RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SYMB AUTO ON activates automatic symbol count for zone 1 Manual operation See Auto OFDMA on page 57 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SYMBol OFFSet Queries the symbol offset of the zone Return values lt Offset gt integer Range 0 to 1E9 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SYMB OFFS queries the symbol count offset in zone 1 Usage Query only Manual operation See Offset Symbol OFDMA on page 57 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing FEC lt Fec gt The command switches channel coding FEC parameter on or off
24. activates channel coding randomizer for burst 1 Manual operation See Channel Coding Randomizer on page 79 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing REPCoding lt Repcoding gt The command selects the channel coding repetition coding Parameters lt Repcoding gt REPO REP2 REP4 REP6 RST REPO Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS CCOD REPC REPO deactivates repetition coding Manual operation See Repetition Coding on page 80 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt CONFlict STATe The command indicates a conflict between two bursts Conflicts can occur if subchannel and symbol offsets are set manually and two or more bursts overlap Bursts can also overlap with the FCH or DL MAP The position of FCH and DL MAP is fixed and cannot be changed Return values lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 CONF queries if there exist a conflict between the activated OFDMA bursts Response 0 there exists not conflict between the activated OFDMA bursts Usage Query only Manual operation See Conflict OFDMA on page 68 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA Data The command determines the data source for the specified bursts OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt Data gt 9 PN
25. eacus 48 UplinK eres 20 123 Use all Subchannels 60 204 Use Physical Band Bitmap AMC 60 153 Use Subchannels x y 60 204 User Frame Duration 2 2 31 User manual rci etn xd eda crai 7 V ETE 19 Waveform safirer ienna rnai 18 Web Help Z Zone Boosting OFDMA certi 63 70 Zone Index cte teste core beer creda de XE Er cT Zone Number s Zone Seglmieht eerta ZONE VY POs secs ER
26. 216 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM FBANG esses nennen rrr rrr nh 217 SOURcexhw BB WIMax OFDM FCH GQQ peccemus tcu cete assa cea Ya le eva aeu uud 217 5 lt gt 217 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM FCH DATA DSELect esee 218 5 lt gt 218 LSOURce lt hw gt BBE WIMa x OFDM FCH FNOF S Ot aaan 219 5 lt gt 2 2 41101 0404010 219 9 0 lt gt 1 5 08000 219 SOGUERCeshw rBE WIMax OFDMEE ET eoa trita 220 5 lt gt lt 220 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FRAMe NUMBe 2 2 2ccceeeeececeeeeeeeaeaeaeaeeeeeenenenenetes 221 ESOURCS hw BBNVIMaxIOFDNEBG iaa dee eere cre eta c centenis 221 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM POWer REFerence essere 221 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM PREamble MODE esses 222 5 lt gt
27. BB WIMax TRIGger SEQuence SOURceshwsl BBEWIMAXSVERSIOD o cootra erre tpe AON Er OE ANEN EE EAE OEREN EAEEREN Index A ACID 104 ACK Region Index 5 Allocated Subchannels Bitmap 60 Allocation Mode OFDMA 70 157 Allocation Start Time ecce 90 199 Allocation Start Time Base Allocation Start Time OFDM 48 AMC Physical Band Bitmap Pattern 60 Append Compressed UL Map 90 Append DED orisii Append DCD OFDM Append UCD Append UCD OFDM ss Append ute root ei xi or Re ei 48 ATT A EAE Arm Trigger Armed Auto Armed JSetrigger ssa nona Ra dX Eee ce x RR ERE 21 AUTO ita Auto OFDMA B bitmap tici Baseband Clipping 25004 Baseband filter BOOSE casus BSID 4 LSBs Burst Index Burst Parameters POWOFE coser en eser EEREN ccs Burst Preamble 2 ntt Burst Profile Mapping Burst Typ oe erre re e rea Burst Type nere rette rne Channel Bandwidth
28. DLIS wimax listl selects file wimax list1 as the data source This file must be in the directory and must have the file extension dm iqd Manual operation See Data Source OFDMA on page 66 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA LENGth lt Length gt Sets the data length in bytes Parameters lt Length gt integer Range 0 to 3E4 RST 6 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURSO DATA LENG 256 sets a data length of 256 Manual operation See Data Length OFDMA on page 64 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA PATTern lt Pattern gt Sets the bit pattern for the PATTern selection The maximum length is 64 bits Parameters lt Pattern gt 64 bits Range B0 1 to B111 1 64 RST 80 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS DATA PATT H3F 8 defines the bit pattern Manual operation See Data Source OFDMA on page 66 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DIUC lt Diuc gt Sets the specific interval usage code The code is used to initialize the randomizer and is transmitted in the FCH Parameters lt Diuc gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE BURS2 DIUC 12 sets Interval Usage Code12 for burst 2 Manual operation See DIUC OFDMA on page 78 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0
29. IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDMA Rang Zone0 Burst0 Opportunity Size No Of Opportunity Slots No Of Subchannel Groups No Of Allocated Codes 1 This dialog contains the parameters required to configure the Ranging options OFDMA mode Burst type Ranging offers ranging allocations which can be used for initial periodic ranging or bandwidth request transmissions For each ranging bandwidth request slot 8 bits are read from the data source These 8 bits select the used code The codes are numbered from 0 to 255 For opportunity size 4 8 bits are read once per slot The first code is specified by the 8 bits and the second consecutive code is the first code advanced by one For opportunity size 3 the same method is applied The second code is the first code 1 the third code is the first code 2 Provided are the following settings 4 24 HARQ Configuration OFDMA Opportunity Size Sets the ranging opportunity size The opportunity size specifies the number of sym bols required to transmit one CDMA ranging code For initial ranging transmissions values of 2 or 4 are used With opportunity size 2 one CDMA code is transmitted in two symbols With opportunity size 4 two consecutive ranging codes are transmitted in four symbols For periodic ranging and bandwidth request transmissions values of 1 or 3 are used With opportunity size 1 one CDMA code is transmitted in one symbol With opportunity size 3 thr
30. FFFF This dialog contains the parameters to configure Fast Feedback in OFDMA mode Provided are the following settings Fast Feedback Mode Selects the fast feedback mode Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt lt ch0 gt FFB MODE on page 173 Codeword Size Displays the codeword size The codeword size depends on the selected Fast Feed back Mode In Normal mode 4 bits are read out of the data source and are mapped to one fast feedback slot In Enhanced mode 6 bits are mapped to one slot The Enhanced MIMO and ACK modes use two codewords per slot In Enhanced MIMO mode two times 3 bits are read out of the data source and are mapped to one slot The first 3 bits are mapped to tiles 0 2 and 4 the second 3 bits are mapped to tile 1 3 and 5 For the ACK mode the procedure is similar Here the first bit is map ped to the first half slot and the second bit is mapped to the second half slot The data source is read out continuously over the configured frames MSB first If the length of the data source is smaller than the number of bits required by codeword size number of slots in the allocation and configured sequence length reading the data Source is restarted from the beginning Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 FFB CWSize on page 172 SUB DL UL MAP Configuration OFDMA No Of Subchannels Sets the number of subchannels
31. Select Common gt Generate UL MAP IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Generate UL MAP __ X s Save UL MAP Data This dialog contains the parameters required for generating an UL MAP Provided are the following settings Generate UL MAP Uplink OFDMA UCD Count OFDMA Sets the value for the UCD count Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt UCD on page 205 Save UL MAP Data OFDMA Accesses the File Select window for saving the current UL map The name of the file is specified in the File name entry field the directory selected in the save into field The file is saved by pressing the Save button The file is stored with the predefined file extension dm_iqd The file name and the directory it is stored in are user definable The saved file is in data list format and contains a UL MAP that describes the current uplink zone The following list shows the parameters the UL MAP is composed of UCD Count Set to UCD Count specified above e Allocation Start Time Set to 0 Can be modified later when loading the UL MAP in downlink mode No OFDMA Symbols Total number of OFDMA symbols in the uplink subframe e CID CID from the More Param panel for each burst UIUC UIUC from the More Param panel for each burst or 12 for ranging For ranging bursts OFDMA Symbol offset Symbol offset relative to allocation start time e Subchannel offset Lowest sub
32. 119 T 19 102 Edit Data EKS PDU Execute Trigger External trigger PCNA 25 F Fall offest creer ev Eee 27 Fast Feedback Mode 106 107 PCH Data 45 Data ener te oed 45 45 State WiMAX 219 SN 19 166 FEC amp Modulation econtra 82 FEG State 80 93 j M 55 EFT SiZ i eed o e tdt 148 220 Filter CMP PING eet rtr ten ernannt cess 20 Filter Mode m Filter Parameter ee etre ener 115 Filter i e ere RH teg 115 Filtering Clipping Settings 2424 24 2 21 115 Fix marker delay to current range 45028 139 Frame Configuration 32 Frame Duration Dee 31 Frame NUMBER 2o eee ee ta echec 35 Frame Number Offset 2 44 89 Frame Preamble 2 2 nrbes 35 214 222 Frequency Band re mettere 33 53 G 40 Generate UL MAP
33. 25 129 SOURce hw BB WIMax FILTer PARameter COSine essen 129 SOURce hw BB WIMax FILTer PARameter COSine COFS sse 130 lt gt 055 0 000000 130 lt gt 55 00 0000 130 lt gt _ 131 lt gt 5 131 lt gt 5 131 lt gt 132 lt gt 132 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax BDUMp DIRectory Directory Defines the directory the dumped burst date files are to be stored in If no directory is specified the dumped files are stored in the firmware directory Parameters lt Directory gt string Example see SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax BDUMp STATe on 127 Manual operation See O
34. BB WIMax AOFDn ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt chO gt ULMap RANGing BOENd 197 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt chO gt ULMap RANGing BOSTart 197 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt chO gt ULMap REQuest BOENd 197 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDn ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt chO gt ULMap REQuest BOSTart 198 SOURce shw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 ULMap UCD CID 198 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 ULMap UCD STATe 198 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt 198 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt 10 199 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap COMPressed AMODe 199 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap COMPressed ATIlMe 199 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap COMPressed STATe 200 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap COMPressed ULMap DSELect 200 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap COMPressed ULMap STATe 200 SOURce shw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap DATA DCD COUNLIG 201 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONEsst0 DLMap DCD CID 1 1 11 20
35. Cut Off Frequency Shift 0 Cut Off Frequency Shift 1 2 3 f H Cut Off Frequency Dis Fig 4 2 Example of the frequency response of a filter with different Cut Off Frequency Shift Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter COSine COFS on page 130 Cut Off Frequency Factor Sets the value for the cut off frequency factor The cut off frequency of the filter can be adjusted to reach spectrum mask requirements Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter LPASs on page 130 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter LPASSEVM on page 131 Filter Mode Selects whether to apply the filter in real time mode or offline mode Realtime The filter is applied to the signal in real time mode Offline The filter is applied to the signal in offline mode This option increases the calculation time and reduces the maximum number of generated frames that can be fit into the ARB memory It can be useful to filter the signal in offline mode if steeper filter edges are required In offline mode more taps are used for the filters there fore the roll of factor can be further decreased Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer MODE on page 129 Sample Rate Variation Sets the sample rate of the signal A variation of this parameter only affects the ARB clock rate all other signal parame ters remain unchanged If the sampling rate in the frame configuration
36. DL MAP Mode OFDMA Selects the mode for generating the DL MAP Channel Coding of the DL MAP is performed both in Auto and User mode DL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA Auto In Auto mode the DL MAP is filled automatically with parameters specified at different locations The following mapping applies in Auto mode Frame Duration Code Specified by the Frame Duration set in the WiMAX main panel Frame Number Starts with the value specified by Frame Number Offset in the first generated frame and advances by 1 in every following frame e DCD Count Directly set by the DCD Count field Base Station ID 48 bits specified by the Base Station ID field No OFDMA symbols Set to the total number of OFDMA symbols in all downlink zones For each burst e DIUC Set to the DIUC field in the More Param Panel e CID Set to the CID field in the More Param Panel This field is only included if Include CID SWITCH_IE is active e OFDMA Symbol offset Set to Offset Symb 1 for the first zone and to the absolute sym bol offset in all other zones e Subchannel offset Set to Offset Subch of the burst table Boosting Depends on the Boost setting of the corresponding burst The following mapping applies 000 001 6dB 010 6dB 011 9dB 100 3dB 101 3dB 110 9dB 111 12dB 000 is set if any other value is specified for Boost No OFDMA Symbols Set to No of Symb of the bu
37. OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt Fec gt 0 1 OFF ON RST ON Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS CCOD FEC ON activates channel coding FEC parameter for burst 1 Manual operation See FEC on page 80 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 CCODing INTerleaver lt Interleaver gt The command switches channel coding interleaver on or off Parameters lt Interleaver gt 0 1 OFF RST ON Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE BURS CCOD INT ON activates channel coding interleaver for burst 1 Manual operation See Interleaver on page 80 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing MODE lt Mode gt The command activates deactivates channel coding and selects channel coding mode If channel coding is switched off the bits read from the data source are directly modu lated onto the carriers Due to randomization missing this could result in very high crest factors of the signal Parameters lt Mode gt OFF CC CTC RST Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 CCOD MODE OFF deactivates channel coding for burst 1 Manual operation See Channel Coding OFDMA on page 64 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 CCODing RANDomizer lt Randomizer gt The command switches channel coding randomizer on or off Parameters lt Randomizer gt 0 1 RST ON Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE BURS CCOD RAND ON
38. RST OFF Example BB WIM LINK UP selects transmission direction uplink BB WIM OFDM BURS2 MID REP9 the midamble is repeated each 9th symbol of burst 2 Manual operation See Midamble Repetition OFDM on page 37 OFDM Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MODE Mode Parameters lt Mode gt NORM DLMap ULMap RST NORM SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax O0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt POWer Power The command sets the power for the selected burst in dB To set the absolute power of a burst correctly level reference FCH Burst must be selected In this mode the out put power of a burst equals Level BurstPower In downlink the preamble is transmitted with 3 dB and the FCH is transmitted with OdB In uplink the power of the first burst is fixed to OdB Parameters lt Power gt float Range 80 0 dB to 10 0 dB Increment 0 01 dB RST 0 0 dB Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 POW 2 dB sets the burst power to 2 dB Manual operation See Boost OFDM on page 39 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt PREamble MODE Mode The command enables disables generation of the preamble for the selected burst and selects the mode for generating the preamble Either a long preamble or a short pre amble can be activated The 802 16 standard requires a long preamble as frame start Parameters lt Mode gt OFF LONG SHORt RST OFF Example BB WIM O
39. SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt RELevance STATe lt State gt Activates deactivates the sounding relevance OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 REL STAT ON activates the sounding relevance Manual operation See Sounding Relevance on page 73 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt SUBChannel OFFSet lt Offset gt only for Sounding Type B Sets the subchannel offset Parameters lt Offset gt integer Range 0 to 1E9 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 SUBC OFFS 3 sets the subchannel offset to 3 Manual operation See Offset Subch on page 74 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt SUBChannel COUNt lt Count gt only for Sounding Type B Sets the number of subchannels Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 1 to 1E9 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 SUBC COUN 3 sets the number of subchannels to 3 Manual operation See No Of Subch on page 74 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt SYMBol lt Symbol gt Sets the symbol used for this CID from the available symbols of the zone Each sound ing CID occupies one symbol only The maximum value depends on the setting for the number of symbols com mand SOUR BB WIM
40. data lists Burst power range MAC functions 80 dB 10 dB One generic MAC header CRC available per burst Parameters in OFDMA Mode Duplexing TDD Level reference Frequency bands Subframe RMS Power or preamble level downlink only ETSI MMDS WCS U NII WiBro User Channel bandwidth 1 25 30 MHz depending on selected frequency band Sampling rate 1 5 32 MHz depending on channel bandwidth Tg Tb settings FFT size 118 1 16 1 32 128 512 1024 or 2048 Subcarrier Permutation PUSC FUSC downlink only AMC 2x3 Sounding uplink only Nr Of bursts per frame 0 64 Modulation amp CC rates QPSK 75 QPSK 16 QAM 75 16 QAM 64 QAM 64 QAM 2 3 64 QAM 64 QAM 5 6 Data all O all 1 pattern up to 64 bit PN 9 to PN 23 data lists Burst power range 80 dB 10 dB MAC functions One generic MAC header CRC available per burst Digital standard 802 16 2004 meets IEEE Std 802 16 2004 Cor2 D4 and 802 16e 2005 Parameters in OFDMA WiBro Mode identical to OFDMA Duplexing TDD Level reference Subframe RMS Power or preamble level downlink only Frequency bands Channel bandwidth ETSI MMDS WCS U NII WiBro User 1 25 30 MHz depending on selected frequency band Sampling rate 1 5 32 MHz depending on channel bandwidth Tg Tb settings
41. netic spectrum from 5150 to 5350 GHz and 5750 to 5825 GHz The range is 10 to 20 MHz for the channel bandwidth and 11 52 to 23 04 MHz for the sampling rate User This mode is provided for choosing any other channel bandwidth sampling rate combination The range is 1 25 to 28 MHz for the channel bandwidth and 1 44 to 32 MHz for the sampling rate Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FBANd on page 217 Channel Bandwidth OFDM Sets the channel bandwidth The range is 1 25 to 28 MHz The selected channel bandwidth has to be a multiple of 1 25 1 5 1 75 2 0 or 2 75 MHz The channel bandwidth determines the parameter n see Sampling Ratio n OFDM e For channel bandwidths that are a multiple of 1 75 MHz then n 8 7 that are a multiple of 1 5 MHz then n 86 75 that are a multiple of 1 25 MHz then n 144 125 that are a multiple of 2 75 MHz then n 316 275 that are a multiple of 2 0 MHz then n 57 50 else for channel bandwidths not otherwise specified then n 8 7 The sampling rate is derived from the channel bandwidth as follows SamplingRate floor n ChannelBandwidth 8000 8000 Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BW on page 216 Sampling Ratio n OFDM Indicates the sampling ratio The sampling ratio is determined by the channel band width see Channel Bandwidth OFDM Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM N on page 221 Sampling Rate OFDM
42. 5 lt gt 7 lt 5 10 gt amp 8 lt 0 gt 168 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 CONFlict STATe 168 5 lt gt 7 lt 510 gt amp 8 lt 0 gt 168 5 lt gt 7 lt 510 gt amp 8 lt 0 gt 169 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA LENGth SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0O gt DATA PATTern 5 lt gt 2 lt 0 gt 5 gt 22 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 0 gt lt gt SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 DLUL HARQ ACKoffset DL 171 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL HARQ ACKoffset INDicator 171 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 DLUL HARQ ACKoffset UL 171 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 0 gt lt gt 1
43. 5 scistcssceneencesesassences to er one sepe tege pn terea coa ESOURce lt hw BB WIMax CLIPping WE Vel trt nh trt tnt ire teen SOURce lt hw BB WIMax CLIPping MODE 2 225 6t er tenter rrr tri SOURceshws EBB WIMax GEIPpirig STAT cotto ore nti entro peperit eere xu ena nena ESOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax CEOCKMOBDPBE nro rn tre t td EE SOURceshw BB WIMax CLOCKMULTiplier 5025 copain ro eerie tetris 142 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax CLOCk SOURCce SOURceshw EBB WIMax DUPLexilg ni cu conr tpe tnr tne tp n e rnt rn nre SOURce shw BB WIMaxFIETer MODE rnt erret ttm tae rtr tr hh enun 5 lt gt 25 129 lt gt nennen 129 lt gt 130 lt gt 055 130 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter LPASs SOURce hw BB WIMax FILTer PARameter LPASSEVM sse 131 lt gt 131 5 l
44. BURSt ch0 MAC EKS on page 183 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt MAC EKS on page 179 Mac Type Specifies the MAC type PDU MAC Configuration OFDMA The value of the 6 bit type field is set which indicates the payload type including the presence of subheaders Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 MAC TYPE on page 184 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt MAC TYPE on page 180 4 28 PDU MAC Configuration OFDMA 1 To access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA Select Frame Configuration OFDMA Frame Configuration Zone Table Select Configure Zone gt Config Select Burst Table Burst Type Data Select More Parameters Config hb Select Multiple PDUS gt On gt MAC gt PDU MAC Configuration OFDMA IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDMA MAC Zone0 Burst0 Payload encrypted EKS hex Type hex S Type 6 LEN LSB 8 CID LSB 8 This dialog contains the settings for the generic PDU MAC header of the corre sponding zone burst and PDU combination The MAC header is placed at the beginning of the PDU when activated In addition CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check can be activated which is added at the end of the PDU It covers MAC header and all da
45. BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0O gt MAC CID page 189 MAC Config PDU OFDMA Accesses the dialog for configuring the MAC header panel for the selected PDU seePDU MAC Configuration OFDMA Remote command n a FCH Configuration Downlink OFDMA 4 19 FCH Configuration Downlink OFDMA 1 access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA Select Link Direction gt Downlink Select Frame Configuration OFDMA gt Frame Configuration gt Zone Table Select Configure Zone gt Config Select Burst Table Burst Type FCH B Select More Parameters Config WiMAX A OFDMA FCH Zone 0 This dialog contains the parameters required to configure the FCH options in OFDMA mode Provided are the following settings FCH Mode OFDMA Selects the mode for generating the FCH The Channel Coding of the FCH is performed both in Auto and User mode Auto In Auto mode the DLFP Downlink Frame Prefix fields which form the FCH are filled automatically with parameters specified at different locations The following mapping applies in Auto mode e Used subchannel bitmap Set to the bitmap specified in the Configure active Subchannels panel Repetition Coding Indication Specifies the DL MAP repetition coding set in the Configure DL MAP panel e Coding Indication Specifies channel coding of the DL MAP CC or CTC e DL Map Length Set to the n
46. Enables disables Moving Start Offset Mode If enabled the subburst structure resembles the specified structure required for RCT test 9 1 24 4 Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST OFF Example SOUR BB WIM MODE AOFD SOUR BB WIM AOFD FBAN USER SOUR BB WIM AOFD BW 10MHz SOUR BB WIM AOFD FFT FFT1024 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE COUN 2 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 NUMB 1 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 STC MODE MA2 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURSO TYPE HARQ SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURSO SUBC COUN 30 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURSO SYMB COUN 8 SOUR BB WIM AOFD TONE1 BURSO HARQ MODE CHAS SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURSO HARQ COUN 3 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURSO HARQO SLOT 64 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURSO HARQO DLEN 382 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURSO HARQ1 SLOT 20 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURSO HARQ1 DLEN 118 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURSO HARQ2 SLOT 32 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURSO HARQ3 DLEN 166 SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE0O BURSO HARQ MST STAT ON SOUR BB WIM SLEN 10 SOUR BB WIM STAT ON enables moving of start offset mode Manual operation See Moving Start Offset Mode on page 100 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ SLFRee The command queries the remaining number of slots available for the burst Return values lt 5 gt integer Range 0 to DBL_MAX RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ SLFR queries the remaining number
47. Firmware Web Help The web help provides online access to the complete information on operating the R amp S SMW and all available options without downloading The content of the Web Help corresponds to the user manuals for the latest product version The web help is available from the R amp S SMW product page at http www rohde schwarz com product SMW200A html gt Downloads gt Web Help Tutorials A set of tutorials is embedded in the software The tutorials offer guided examples and demonstrations on operating the R amp S SMW Application Notes Application notes application cards white papers and educational notes are further publications that provide more comprehensive descriptions and background informa tion A subset of application notes is provided on the documentation CD ROM delivered with the instrument The latest versions are available for download from the Rohde amp Schwarz website at http www rohde schwarz com appnotes Conventions Used in the Documentation 1 2 Conventions Used in the Documentation 1 2 1 Typographical Conventions The following text markers are used throughout this documentation Convention Description Graphical user interface ele All names of graphical user interface elements on the screen such as ments dialog boxes menus options buttons and softkeys are enclosed by quotation marks KEYS Key names are written in capital letters File names commands
48. M16QAMCC34 M64QAMCC12 M64QAMCC23 M64QAMCC34 MQPSKCTC12 MQPSKCTC34 M16QAMCTC12 M16QAMCTC34 M64QAMCTC12 M64QAMCTC23 6 4 M64QAMCTC56 RST MQPSKCC12 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 PMAP MAN enables manual mapping BB WIM AOFD 20 0 BURS2 PMAP UMOD1 MQPSKCC12 selects QPSK CC 1 2 modulation and coding scheme for UUIC 1 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Manual operation See FEC amp Modulation Type on page 82 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt POWer Power The command sets the power for the selected burst in dB To set the absolute power of a burst correctly level reference FCH Burst must be selected In this mode the output power of a burst equals Level BurstPower In downlink the preamble is transmitted with 3 dB and the FCH is transmitted with 0 dB In uplink the power of the first burst is fixed to 0 dB Parameters lt Power gt float Range 80 0 dB to 10 0 dB Increment 0 01 dB RST 0 0 dB Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 POW 2dB sets the burst power to 2 dB Manual operation See Boost OFDMA on page 66 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt RANGing ACODe Queries the number of allocated codes for OFDMA ranging Burst Type Ranging is available in uplink only Return values lt ACode gt integer Range 0 to DBL_MAX RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD
49. Manual operation See Marker Mode on page 26 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt PULSe FREQuency The command queries the pulse frequency of the pulsed marker signal in the setting SOURce BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut MODE PULSe The pulse frequency is derived by dividing the symbol rate by the divider Clock Settings Return values lt Frequency gt float Range 2 to 1024 Increment 1E 3 RST 2 Example BB WIM TRIG OUTP2 PULS DIV 2 sets the divider marker signal for the corresponding marker sig nal to the value 2 BB WIM TRIG OUTP2 MODE PULS enables the pulsed marker signal BB WIM TRIG OUTP2 PULS FREQ queries the pulse frequency of the marker signal Response 33 000 the resulting pulse frequency is 33 kHz Usage Query only Manual operation See Marker Mode on page 26 5 5 Clock Settings This section lists the remote control commands necessary to configure the clock SOURce hw EBB WIMax CEOCKMODPE 22 2 17 7 naue cuiu nass Eae cea 142 SOURce hw BB WIMax CLOCKk MULTiplier eise eene 142 lt gt 5 143 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax CLOCk MODE lt Mode gt Sets the type of externally supplied clock Parameters lt Mode gt SAMPIe MSAMple RST SAMP Example BB WIM CLOC MODE SAMP selects clock type SAMPle i e the supplied
50. SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FBANG Only discrete sets of values are available If a new value is not allowed the next allowed value in the direction of change is set Uplink The full range between 1 44 and 32 MHz is available Only discrete sets of values are available If a new value is not allowed the next allowed value in the direction of change is set Example OFDM Physical Layer Settings 16 MHz and 32 MHz are allowed the current value is 16 MHz If a new value of 17 MHz is entered it is changed to 32 MHz Parameters lt SRate gt float Range 1 44E6 to 32E6 Increment 0 001E6 RST 2E6 Example BB WIM OFDM SRAT 2E6 sets a sampling rate of 2 MHz Manual operation See Sampling Rate OFDM on page 34 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM SUBChannel INDex Index The command selects the subchannel index in subchannelization mode The subchan nel index determines the set of used subcarriers according to table 213 of IEEE 802 16 2004 standard Parameters Index SUBC1 SUBC2 SUBC3 SUBC4 SUBC5 50806 SUBC7 SUBC8 SUBC9 SUBC10 SUBC11 SUBC12 SUBC13 SUBC14 SUBC15 SUBC16 SUBC17 SUBC18 SUBC19 SUBC20 SUBC21 SUBC22 SUBC23 SUBC2A SUBC25 SUBC26 SUBC27 SUBC28 SUBC29 SUBC30 SUBC31 RST SUBC16 Example BB WIM OFDM SUBC IND SUBC4 selects subchannel set 4 to be used Manual operation See Subchannel Index OFDM on page 35 SOURce lt hw gt BB
51. Sounding Configuration IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDMA Sounding Zone 0 Sounding Type A Number Of Symbols 3 Sounding Relevance Fla Same For All CIDs gt Sounding Relevance Response In This Frame Separability Type Cyclic Shift 7 Max Cyclic Shift Index 4 M Total Number Of CIDs 1 Zone Boosting 0 00 dB Shift Value U Allocation Mode This dialog contains the parameters required for sounding zone configuration in OFDMA mode Provided are the following settings Sounding Type OFDMA Selects either sounding type A or B Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding TYPE on page 164 Sounding Relevance Flag OFDMA Selects whether sounding is relevant individually for each CID or for all CIDs Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO SOUNding RELevance FLAG on page 163 Separability Type OFDMA only for Sounding Type A Sounding Zone Configuration OFDMA Selects the sounding separability type Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding SEParability on page 164 Total Number Of CIDs OFDMA Sets the total number of CIDs Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID COUNt on page 158 Zone Boosting OFDMA Sets an additional zone boosting in dB The zone boosing is applied
52. WiBro downlink only The instrument s level setting refers to the preamble which is FCH Burst power 3dB in OFDM mode Subframe RMS Power OFDMA OFDMA WiBro only The instrument s level setting refers to the rms power of the sub frame This includes the preamble and all symbols with allocated car riers in downlink or the whole uplink subframe in uplink Subframe RMS Power w o Preamble OFDMA OFDMA WiBro only The instrument s level setting refers to the rms power of the sub frame excluding the preamble This includes all symbols with alloca ted carriers in downlink or the whole uplink subframe in uplink Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM POWer REFerence on page 221 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm POWer REFerence on page 150 Frame Configuration Accesses the dialog for configuration of the frame The dialog depends on the selected physical layer mode see chapter 4 7 Frame Configuration OFDM on page 32 and chapter 4 14 Frame Configuration OFDMA on page 52 Remote command n a Frame Configuration OFDM This dialog provides all parameters to configure frames in OFDM mode The selected link direction determines the availale parameters 1 Toaccess this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDM Frame Configuration OFDM 2 Select Frame Configuration OFDM gt Frame Configuration 4 7 1 Frame Configuration Common Settings gt Select Common
53. ZONE SOUN UVAL 3 sets the shift parameter U Manual operation See Shift Value U OFDMA on page 71 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt STC ANTenna Antenna The command selects the the antenna for the space time coding modes Parameters lt Antenna gt ANTO ANT1 ANT2 ANT3 RST ANTO Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE STC ANT ANT4 selects antenna 4 for space time coding Manual operation See Space Time Coding Antenna OFDMA on page 62 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt STC MODE Mode The command sets the space timing coding mode 2 antennas matrix A or B 4 anten nas matrix A B or C Collaborative Multiplexing or CSTD or switches diversity off Parameters Mode OFF MA2antenna MB2antenna BURSt COLLaborative CSTD MA4antenna MB4antenna MC4antenna RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE STC MODE MA2 selects space time coding mode with two antennas and matrix A in zone 1 Manual operation See Space Time Coding Mode OFDMA on page 62 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt STC PlLotpattern lt PilotPattern gt only for Space Time Coding Mode Collaborative Multiplexing Sets the pilot pattern in uplink Collaborative Multiplexing mode Parameters lt PilotPattern gt A B RST A Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE STC PIL A sets the pilot pattern to A Manual operation See Pilot Pattern OFDMA on page 63 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings
54. basebands and or streams The icon indicates that common trigger settings are applied You can access and configure the common trigger source and trigger mode settings in any of the basebands An arm or a restart trigger event applies to all basebands too You can still apply different delay to each of the triggers individually Trigger Mode Trigger Settings Common to All Basebands Selects trigger mode i e determines the effect of a trigger event on the signal genera tion For more information refer to chapter Basics in the R amp S SMW user manual Trigger Settings Auto The signal is generated continuously e Retrigger The signal is generated continuously A trigger event internal or external causes a restart Armed Auto The signal is generated only when a trigger event occurs Then the signal is gener ated continuously An Arm stops the signal generation A subsequent trigger event internal with or external causes a restart Armed Retrigger The signal is generated only when a trigger event occurs Then the signal is gener ated continuously Every subsequent trigger event causes a restart An Arm stops signal generation A subsequent trigger event internal with or external causes a restart Single The signal is generated only when a trigger event occurs Then the signal is gener ated once to the length specified at Signal Duration Every subsequent trigger event internal or extern
55. e Pattern An internally generated sequence according to a bit pattern Use the Pattern box to define the bit pattern e Data List Select DList A binary data from a data list internally or externally generated Select Select DList to access the standard Select List dialog Select the Select Data List gt navigate to the list file dm_iqd gt Select to select an existing data list Use the New and Edit functions to create internally new data list or to edit an existing one Use the standard File Manager function to transfer external data lists to the instrument See also section Modulation Data in the R amp S SMW user manual section File and Data Management in the R amp S SMW user manual e section Data List Editor in the R amp S SMW user manual Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0O gt DATA on page 186 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU dir0 DATA DSELect on page 187 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt DATA PATTern on page 187 MAC CID PDU The command sets the CID Connection Control Identifier of the medium access con trol layer MAC The CID identifies a connection to equivalent peers in the MAC of the base station and subscriber station Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt
56. lt SLength gt Sets the number of frames The maximum number of frames depends on the sampling rate the set frame length 2 x sampling rate x frame length command BB WIM FRAM TIM and the supplied ARB memory size Parameters lt SLength gt integer Range 1 to MAX RST 1 Example BB WIM SLEN 4 selects the generation of 4 frames Manual operation See Sequence Length on page 31 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax STATe State Activates the standard and deactivates all the other digital standards and digital modu lation modes in the same path Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example SOURCe1 BB WIMax STATe Manual operation See State on page 16 General Commands SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SUBFrame TIME Time The command set the duration of the downlink subframe The command is only available for uplink direction and when TDD is selected in case of two path instruments on the same path Parameters lt Time gt float Range 0 ms to 20 ms Increment 0 001ms RST 0 ms Example BB WIM LINK UP selects uplink transmission BB WIM DUPL TDD selects time division duplexing BB WIM SUBF TIME 2ms sets a subframe duration of 2 ms Manual operation See Downlink Subframe Duration on page 31 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax WAVeform CREate Filename This command creates a waveform using the current settings of the WiMAX menu The file name is entered with the comm
57. on page 61 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SUBChannel PATTern lt Pattern gt Setss the allocated subchannel bitmap This command is available in uplink only Parameters lt Pattern gt 72 bits Range H0000 0000 0000 0000 00 72 to HFFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FF 72 RST ZHFFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF 3F 72 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO SUBC PATT 72 determines the allocated subchannel bitmap Manual operation See Allocated Subchannels Bitmap uplink only on page 61 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SUBChannel ROTation lt Rotation gt The command activates or deactivates the subchannel rotation This command is available for zone type PUSC in uplink only Parameters Rotation 0 1 RST ON Example SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONEO SUBC ROT ON activates the subchannel rotation Manual operation See Subchannel Rotation OFDMA on page 59 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SUBChannel lt ch gt MAP Map The command activates deactivates the selected set of subchannels There are 6 sets of subchannels available 0 0 5 1 6 9 2 210 15 3 16 19 4 20 25 5 26 29 This command is available only in uplink and for subchannel mode user BB WIM AOFD ZONEO SUBC MODE USER Parameters Map 0 1 RST ON Example B
58. only for Sounding Type A Sets the start frequency band Parameters lt Start gt integer Range 0 to 1E9 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 FBAN STAR 1 sets the value for the start frequency band to 1 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Manual operation See Start Freq Band OFDMA on page 73 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt FBANd COUNt Count only for Sounding Type A Sets the number of frequency bands Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 1 to 1E9 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 FBAN COUN 2 sets the number of frequency band to 2 Manual operation See No Of Freq Bands OFDMA on page 73 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt PERiodicity lt Periodicity gt The command sets the value for the periodicity Parameters lt Periodicity gt PERO PER1 PER2 PER4 PER8 PER16 PER32 PER64 RST PERO Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 PER2 sets the value for the periodicity to 2 Manual operation See Periodicity on page 74 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt POWer STATe lt State gt The command activates deactivates the power boost Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 POW STAT ON activates the power boost Manual operation See Power Boost OFDMA on page 73
59. AOFD ZONE lt 0 7 gt SYMB COUN OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt Symbol gt integer Range 1 to 10000 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 SYMB 5 sets the number of sounding symbols to 5 Manual operation See Sounding Symbol OFDMA on page 72 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CMAXimum lt CMaximum gt only for Sounding Type A and Separability Type Cyclic Shift The command sets the value for the maximum cyclic shift index Parameters lt CMaximum gt MCA MC8 MC16 MC32 MC9 MC18 RST 4 BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CMAX MCA sets the value for the maximum cyclic shift to 4 Manual operation See Max Cyclic Shift Index OFDMA on page 70 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding DECimation RANDomization STATe State only for Sounding Type A and Separability Type Decimated Subcarriers The command activates deactivates the decimation offset randomization Parameters State 0 1 RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN DEC RAND STAT ON activates decimation offset randomization Manual operation See Decimation Offset Randomization OFDMA on page 71 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding DECimation VALue lt Value gt only for Sounding Type A and Separability Type Decimated Subcarriers The command sets the value for the decimati
60. AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap AMODe lt AMode gt The command sets the UL MAP Allocation Start Time Base Allocation Start Time field of the UL MAP specifies the start of the uplink subframe This command is available for link direction downlink only OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt AMode gt DLSFend FRAMestart RST DLSFend Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 ULM AMOD DLSF sets the allocation start time base to DL subframe end Manual operation See Allocation Start Time Base on page 93 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap ATIMe lt ATime gt The command sets the UL MAP Allocation Start Time This command is available for link direction downlink only Parameters lt ATime gt float Range 0 to frame duration Increment 1E 6 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 ULM ATIM 4 sets the allocation start time to 2 Manual operation See Allocation Start Time on page 94 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap DCD CID lt Cid gt Sets the value for the DCD CID Parameters lt Cid gt integer Range 0 to HFFFF RST HFFFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 ULM DCD CID H456 enters the value for the DCD CID Manual operation See DCD CID OFDMA on page 94 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap DCD STATe lt State gt The com
61. Channel coding includes randomiza tion reed solomon coding convoutional coding and interleaving For a given modulation type and channel coding rate the data length determines the number of symbols and vice versa QAM5D6X64 is only available for Channel Coding CTC Parameters lt Format gt QPSK1D2 QPSK3D4 QAM1D2X16 QAM3D4X 16 QAM1D2X64 QAM2D3X64 QAM3D4X64 QAM5D6X64 RST AOFDm QPSK1D2 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS FORM QAM3D4xX64 selects modulation type 64QAM and a channel coding rate of 3 4 Msamples for burst 1 Manual operation See Modulation and Coding Rate OFDMA on page 64 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ COUNt lt Count gt Sets the number of sub bursts in the 2D region Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ COUN 10 sets the number of sub bursts to 10 Manual operation See No Of Sub Bursts on page 100 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ MODE lt Mode gt The command selects the mode of the HARQ burst Parameters lt Mode gt CHASe IR RST CHASe Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ MODE CHAS sets the HARQ mode to chase Manual operation See HARQ Mode on page 99 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ MSTart STATe lt State gt
62. FOFFset lt FOffset gt Sets the fall offset for on off ratio marker in number of samples Parameters lt FOffset gt integer Range 640000 to 640000 RST 0 Marker Settings Example BB WIM TRIG OUTP2 FOFF 200 sets a fall offset of 20 samples for marker signal 2 Manual operation See Fall Offset on page 27 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt PATTern Pattern Sets the bit pattern used to generate the marker signal in the setting SOURCe BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut MODE PATTern 0 is marker off 1 is marker on Parameters Pattern 64 bits Range B0 1 to B111 1 64 RST B10 2 Example BB WIM TRIG OUTP PATT B000000011111111 15 sets a bit pattern BB WIM TRIG OUTP MODE PATT activates the marker signal according to a bit pattern for the cor responding marker signal Manual operation See Marker Mode on page 26 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger 0UTPut lt ch gt PULSe DIVider lt Divider gt Sets the divider for Pulse marker mode SOUR BB WIM TRIG OUTP MODE PULSe The resulting pulse frequency is derived by dividing the symbol rate by the divider Parameters lt Divider gt integer Range 2 to 1024 RST 2 Example BB WIM TRIG OUTP PULS DIV 2 sets the divider to 2 for the corresponding marker signal BB WIM TRIG OUTP FREQ queries the resulting pulse frequency of the marker signal Response 66 000 the resulting pulse frequency is 66 kHz
63. File names commands coding samples and screen output are distin program code guished by their font Input Input to be entered by the user is displayed in italics Links Links that you can click are displayed in blue font References References to other parts of the documentation are enclosed by quota tion marks 1 2 2 Conventions for Procedure Descriptions When describing how to operate the instrument several alternative methods may be available to perform the same task In this case the procedure using the touchscreen is described Any elements that can be activated by touching can also be clicked using an additionally connected mouse The alternative procedure using the keys on the instrument or the on screen keyboard is only described if it deviates from the standard operating procedures The term select may refer to any of the described methods i e using a finger on the touchscreen a mouse pointer in the display or a key on the instrument or on a key board 1 2 3 Notes on Screenshots When describing the functions of the product we use sample screenshots These screenshots are meant to illustrate as much as possible of the provided functions and possible interdependencies between parameters The shown values may not represent realistic test situations The screenshots usually show a fully equipped product that is with all options instal led Thus some functions shown in the screenshots may not be available
64. Layer Settings The SOURce BB WIMax OFDM system contain commands for setting the characteris tics of signals with OFDM physical layer The commands of this system only take effect if the OFDM physical layer mode is selected SOURCe BB WIMax MODE OFDM In case of remote control suffix counting for bursts corresponds to the suffix counting with WiMAX starting with burst 0 SCPI prescribes that suffix 1 is the default state and used when no specific suffix is specified Therefore burst 1 and not burst 0 is selected when no suffix is specified SOURceshw BBIWIMax OFDM BSID daa input redet paa aue 207 lt gt 5 0 gt 5 222 207 5 lt gt 5 0 gt 0221000 208 lt gt lt gt 208 lt gt lt gt 209 5 lt gt 5 gt 0 209 lt gt lt gt 209 lt gt
65. MAC EKS 2 sets the EKS for burst 2 Manual operation See EKS on page 52 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC ENCRypted STATe State The command activates disactivates payload encryption If activated the EC Encryp tion Control field is set to 1 and the EKS Encryption Key Sequence field can be set OFDM Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST OFF Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 MAC ENCR STAT ON enables payload encryption for burst 2 BB WIM OFDM BURS2 MAC EKS 2 sets the EKS Manual operation See Payload encrypted on page 52 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 MAC STATe State The command enables disables generation of the generic MAC header for the selected burst Parameters State 0 1 OFF ON RST OFF Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 MAC STAT ON enables generation of the generic MAC header for burst 2 Manual operation See MAC Header State on page 51 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC TYPE Type Specifies the MAC type Parameters lt Type gt integer Range 0 to H3F RST 0 Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 MAC TYPE H3F sets the type field of the MAC header of burst 2 Manual operation See Mac Type on page 52 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MIDamble lt MidAmble gt Activates deactivates midamble repetition Parameters lt MidAmble gt OFF REP5 REP9 REP17
66. Number Of Antennas OFDMA Sets the number of antennas used for cyclic shift transmit diversity CSTD One baseband is only generating one antenna at a time Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt CSTD ANTCount on page 154 Show Configuration For OFDMA Selects the antenna for which the configuration is made This parameter selects which antenna to configure with the parameters below The antenna actually generated by the current baseband is selected with Space Time Coding Antenna in the zone configuration dialogue Remote command n a Number Of Taps OFDMA Sets the number of samples by which the OFDM symbols are cyclically shifted on the given tap Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt CSTD lt ch0 gt TAPCount on page 155 Cyclic Delay Samples OFDMA Sets the cyclic delay with that the OFDM symbols of the selected antenna will be cycli cally shifted With CSTD each antenna sends a circularly shifted version of the same OFDM sym bol i e the antenna selected with the parameter Show Configuration For will send the same OFDM symbol as the other antennas but the OFDM symbol is circularly shif ted by the samples set with the parameter Cyclic Delay Positive values remove the specified number of samples from the end of the symbol and prepend them to the start of the symbol Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt CSTD lt c
67. PUSC in link direction uplink only Zone Configuration OFDMA Activates or deactivates the subchannel rotation Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SUBChannel ROTation on page 204 CSTD Available for STC Mode CSTD only Calls the dialog for configuring the Cyclic Shift Transmit Diversity seechapter 4 17 CSTD OFDMA on page 74 Remote command n a Configure Band AMC Available for zone type AMC2x3 only Accesses the dialog for configuring Band AMC mode IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDMA Zone0 Physical Bands Bitmap FFFF FFFF FFFF Use Physical Bands Bitmap Configure Band AMC Activates deactivates Band AMC mode If activated the Physical Bands Bitmap parameter specifies the active physical bands If deactivated all available physical bands are used Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt AMC BITMap STATe on page 153 Physical Bands Bitmap Configure Band AMC Sets the AMC physical bands bitmap pattern in hexadecimal input format The LSB right most bit corresponds to physical band 0 the lowest frequency OFDMA subcarriers Deactivated bits in this pattern deactivate the corresponding bands i e they will not be used for allocating bursts Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt AMC BITMap PATTern on page 153 Configure active Subchannels OFDMA Calls the dialog f
68. S SMW has already been set up for remote operation in a network as described in the R amp S SMW documentation Knowledge about the remote control operation and the SCPI command syntax is assumed o Conventions used in SCPI command descriptions For a description of the conventions used in the remote command descriptions see section Remote Control Commands in the R amp S SMW user manual The SOURce BB WIMax subsystem contains commands for the primary and general settings of the IEEE 802 16 WiMAX standard These settings concern activation and deactivation of the standard setting the transmission direction filter clock trigger and clipping settings defining the frame duration and the sequence length as well as the preset setting The commands for defining the frame configuration for physical layer modes OFDM and OFDMA are described in the next section The commands are divided up in this way to make the comprehensive SOURce BB WIMax subsystem clearer Common Suffixes The following common suffixes are used in remote commands Suffix Value range Description ENTity lt ch gt 1 4 entity in a multiple entity configuration with separate base bad sources ENTity3 4 require option R amp S SMW K76 SOURce lt hw gt 1 4 available baseband signals only SOURce1 possible if the keyword ENTity is used OUTPut lt ch gt 13 available markers BURSt ch0 0 63 available bursts CID ch
69. Sets the sub burst modulation and coding rate Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt MODRate on page 180 Packet Size Bits for HARQ IR Mode only Sets the HARQ sub burst packet size in bits Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt PSIZe on page 181 Duration Slots Sets the duration of the sub bursts in slots The duration range is dynamic and depends on the selected link direction and packet size Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt SLOTcount on page 182 Modulation for HARQ IR Mode only Displays the sub burst modulation HARQ Configuration OFDMA The modulation is determined by the parameters Packet Size and Duration and cannot be altered directly Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt FORMat on page 178 Rate for HARQ IR Mode only Displays the sub burst code rate The code rate is determined by the parameters Packet Size and Duration and cannot be altered directly Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt RATE on page 181 Data Length Sets the data length of the sub burst The data length range is dynamic and depends on the packet size and
70. Start Time Base is set to Frame Start the Allocation Start Time of the UL MAP is set to the beginning of the frame Allocation Start Time parameter set below Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 ULMap AMODe on page 195 UL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA Allocation Start Time Sets the Allocation Start Time in the UL MAP Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 ULMap ATIMe on page 196 UL MAP File Accesses the dialog for selecting the UL MAP file Remote command n a Append DCD OFDMA If activated the DCD is appended to the UL MAP The DCD message is transmitted with its own MAC header and CRC included in the same burst allocation used by the UL MAP Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 ULMap DCD STATe on page 196 DCD CID OFDMA only if Append DCD is ON Enters the value for the DCD CID This CID connection control identifier is independent from the UL Map CID and only used for the DCD Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 ULMap DCD CID On page 196 Append UCD OFDMA If activated the UCD is appended to the UL MAP The UCD message is transmitted with its own MAC header and CRC included in the same burst allocation used by the UL MAP Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 g
71. The number of slots in the fast feedback allocation is subchannels symbols 3 Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt lt ch0 gt FFB SUBC on page 173 No Of Symbols Sets the number of symbols The number of slots in the fast feedback allocation is sub channels symbols 3 Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 FFB SYMB on page 173 MAC CID Sets the connection control identifier CID of the medium access control layer MAC The CID identifies a connection to equivalent peers in the MAC of the base station and subscriber station This parameter is identical to the CID set in the MAC Header settings Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC CID on page 212 4 26 SUB DL UL MAP Configuration OFDMA 1 access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA Select Link Direction gt Downlink Select Frame Configuration OFDMA gt Frame Configuration gt Zone Table Select Configure Zone gt Config Select Burst Table gt Burst Type gt SUB MAP oa F Select More Parameters Config SUB DL UL MAP Configuration OFDMA IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDMA SUB DL UL MAP Z0 BO B DL UL MAP Index DIUC 0 HARQ ACK Offset Indicator Off DL HARQ ACK Offset 0 UL HARQ ACK Offset 0 ACK Region Index 0 7 This dialog contains the param
72. ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt COUNT Count Sets the number of active bursts in the zone segment OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 0 to 64 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 COUN 2 two bursts are sent in one frame Manual operation See No of Bursts OFDMA on page 62 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap BSID lt Bsid gt The command sets the 4 LSBs of the Base Station ID Only the four least significant bits are given The BSID is transmitted in the FCH when set to Auto mode and it is used to initialize the randomizer This command is available in downlink only and for DL MAP Mode Auto BB WIM AOFD ZONEO0 DLM MODE AUTO Parameters lt Bsid gt integer Range 000000000000 48 to HFFFFFFFFFFFF 48 RST H000000000000 48 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE0 DLM BSID 2 the base station id is 2 Manual operation See Base Station ID OFDMA on page 89 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap COMPressed AMODe lt AMode gt Selects the Allocation Start Time base Parameters lt AMode gt DLSFend FRAMestart RST DLSFend Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO DLM COMP AMOD DLSF sets the start time base to DL Subframe End Manual operation See Allocation Start Time Base OFDMA on page 90 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap COMPressed ATIMe lt ATime gt The command sets the Allocation St
73. absolute maximum of all the and values i The and Q components are mapped separately the angle changes Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax CLIPping MODE on page 128 4 29 3 Data Dump gt To access this dialog select Data Dump IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Filter Clipping ARB Settings Dump Input Data For Bursts To Files Output Directory For Dump Files This dialog contains the parameters to configure data dump Provided are the following settings Dump Input Data for Bursts to Files Activates burst input data dump The data that is fed into the channel coding of each burst is output to files named data frameXXXX zoneY burstZZ dat where XXXX specifies the frame number Y the zone index and 77 the burst index The files contain all data including MAC header and CRC in ASCII hex format MSB left Read the files from left to right Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax BDUMp STATe on page 127 Output directory for Dump Files Defines the directory the instrument stores the dumped burst data files in If the field is empty the firmware directory is used such as Program Files Rohde amp Schwarz SMx Firmware Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax BDUMp DIRectory on page 127 5 Remote Control Commands The following commands are required to perform signal generation with the IEEE 802 16 WiMAX options in a remote environment We assume that the R amp
74. channel coding rates are available For each burst an optional generic MAC header and CRC is provided Provided are the following settings Zone Configuration OFDMA Burst Index OFDMA Displays the consecutive burst index from 0 to 63 All the rows are always displayed even if the bursts are inactive They are switched on and off by the selection of No of Bursts above the table The active bursts are high lighted Remote command n a Modulation and Coding Rate OFDMA Selects the modulation and channel coding rate Channel coding includes randomiza tion convolutional turbo coding and interleaving Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt FORMat on page 174 Channel Coding OFDMA Selects the channel coding mode Available modes are CC convolutional coding CTC convolutional turbo coding or Off In Off mode channel coding is switched off completely Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing MODE on page 167 Data Length OFDMA Determines the data length in bytes The given number of bytes is read from the data source The total number of data bytes in the burst before channel coding is determined as follows TotalDataBytes DataLength MACHeaderBytes CRCBytes Additionally padding with OxFF bytes is applied at the end of the data sequence to fill up the allocated slots specified by No of Su
75. downlink only Parameters lt Amode gt DLSFend FRAMestart RST 0 Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 ULM AMOD DLSF sets the start time base to DL Subframe End Manual operation See Allocation Start Time Base on page 49 OFDM Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap ATIMe lt ATime gt Sets the UL MAP Allocation Start Time This command is available for link direction downlink only Parameters lt ATime gt float Range 0 to max Increment 1E 6 RST 0 Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 ULM ATIM 4 sets the allocation start time to 2 Manual operation See Allocation Start Time on page 49 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt COUNt Count Sets the number of active bursts in one frame With number of bursts 0 a preamble only or a preamble with an FCH burst is generated Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 0 to 64 RST 1 Example BB WIM OFDM BURS COUN 2 two bursts are sent in one frame Manual operation See No of Bursts OFDM on page 35 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BW Bw Sets the channel bandwidth Parameters lt Bw gt float See SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm BW on page 147 Range 1 25E6 to 28E6 Increment 0 05E6 RST 1 75E6 Example BB WIM OFDM FBAN ETSI selects frequency band according to ETSI specifications BB WIM OFDM BW 7E6 sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz Manual operation See Channel Bandwidt
76. fast fourier transform For OFDM channels the size is fixed to 256 For OFDMA configuration the possible configurations of the subchan nel map depend on the selected FFT size Parameters lt Fft gt FFT128 FFT512 FFT1024 FFT2048 RST FFT2048 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Example BB WIM AOFD FFT FFT2048 sets the FFT size to 2048 Manual operation See FFT Size OFDMA on page 55 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm FRAMe PREDefined lt Predefined gt The command selects predefined setting for the frames All commands concerning the frame configuration are preset Parameters lt Predefined gt USER DL3M21SQPSK12 DL3M21SQPSK34 DL3M21S16QAM12 DL3M21S16QAM34 DL3M21S64QAM12 DL3M21S64QAM23 DL3M21S64QAM34 DL3M21S64QAM56 DL5M29SQPSK12 DL5M29SQPSK34 DL5M29S16QAM12 DL5M29S16QAM34 DL5M29S64QAM12 DL5M29S64QAM23 DL5M29S64QAM34 DL5M29S64QAM56 DL7M21SQPSK12 DL7M21SQPSK34 DL7M21S16QAM12 DL7M21S16QAM34 DL7M21S64QAM12 DL7M21S64QAM23 DL7M21S64QAM34 DL7M21S64QAM56 DL8M27SQPSK12 DL8M27SQPSK34 DL8M27S16QAM12 DL8M27S16QAM34 DL8M27S64QAM12 DL8M27S64QAN23 DL8M27S64QAM34 DL8M27S64QAM56 DL10M29SQPSK12 DLT0M29SQPSK34 DL10M29S16QAM12 DL10M29S16QAM34 DL10M29S64QAM12 DL10M29S64QAM23 DL10M29S64QAM34 DL10M29S64QAM56 UL3M12SQPSK12 UL3M12SQPSK34 UL3M12S16QAM12 UL3M12S16QAM34 ULBM18SQPSK12 UL5M18SQPSK34 UL5M18S16QAM12 UL5M18S16QAM34 UL7M12SQPSK12 UL7M1
77. for burst type UCD and DCD and manual Burst Profile Mapping Sets the FEC and the modulation for the selected UIUC DUIC Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 PMAP DMODulation dir0 page 190 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 PMAP UMODulation lt dir0 gt on page 190 4 18 2 PDU Table 1 access this dialog proceed as described in To access the data configuration settings on page 77 Data Configuration OFDMA 2 Activate Multiple PDUs WiMAX A OFDMA Zone0 Burst0 This dialog contains the parameters required to configure multiple PDU data in OFDMA mode Each burst supports up to 16 PDUs with individual parameters For each PDU the data length the data source the CID and the MAC can be individually configured Provided are the following settings Data Length PDU OFDMA Available for enabled parameter Multiple PDUs only Sets the data length for the selected PDU in the burst Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt DLENgth on page 187 Data Configuration OFDMA Data Source PDU OFDMA Available for enabled parameter Multiple PDUs only Sets the PDU data source The following standard data sources are available e All 1 An internally generated sequence containing 0 data or 1 data e An internally generated pseudo random noise sequence
78. for the bursts see chap ter 4 12 More Parameters Uplink OFDM on page 49 Remote command n a Gap OFDM Sets the length of the gap between the selected burst and the next burst in us The setting is only available for transmission direction uplink Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt GAP on page 211 4 7 3 Frame Burst Graph OFDM gt To access this dialog select Burst Graph Frame Configuration OFDM IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Frame Configuration OFDM 9 0 10 0 Time ms The frame graph indicates the configuration of one frame The scaling of the X axis is always adapted to the set frame duration The preamble length FCH length and the burst length are drawn to scale The height of the bar represents the relative power The power of the preamble is always 3 dB and of the FCH always 0 dB relative to the power of the other bursts The shown frame configuration is repeated over the whole sequence length e n downlink direction the frame preamble is sent at the beginning of the frame e In uplink direction each burst starts with a preamble The first gap at the beginning of the frame is determined by the Downlink Subframe Duration specified in the main dialog the following gaps are defined by the gap value specified for the associated burst in the burst table R amp S SMW K49 WiMAX Configuration and Settings IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Frame Configuration OFDM 10 0 Time ms
79. gt Sets the symbol offset for the selected burst This command is only available for offset mode user BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 OFFS MODE USER Parameters lt Symbol gt integer Range 0 to 10000 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 0FFS MODE USER sets the manual offset mode BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 OFFS SYMB 2 selects symbol 2 as start symbol for burst 2 Manual operation See Offset Symbol OFDMA on page 65 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU COUNt lt Count gt Sets the number of PDUs in the burst This command is only available for enabled multiple PDUS BB WIM AOFD ZONE lt X0O 7 gt BURS lt 0 63 gt PDU STAT ON Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 0 to 16 RST 1 Example Manual operation OFDMA Physical Layer Settings BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 PDU STAT ON activates multiple PDUs BB WIM AOFD ZONE0O BURS2 PDU COUN 5 selects 5 PDUs to be configured See No Of PDUs OFDMA on page 79 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDn ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU STATe lt State gt Enables disables configuration of multiple PDUs If this parameter is enabled multiple PDUs each with own MAC header and CRC are available within one burst Parameters lt State gt Example Manual operation 0 1 RST OFF BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 PDU STAT activates multi
80. gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 MAC EKS 183 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt chO gt MAC ENCRypted STATe 183 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 MAC STATe 184 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 MAC TYPE 184 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 OFFSet MODE 184 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt OFFSet SUBChannel 185 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 OFFSet SYMBoI 185 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 PDU COUNt 185 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 PDU STATe 186 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 PDU dirO DATA 186 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt DATA 187 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt DATA PATTE 187 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt DLENgbth 187 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC CRC STATE
81. gt DLUL ARIX lt Arix gt Selects whether ACK region 0 or 1 will be used OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt Arix gt IXO IX1 RST IXO Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURS2 DLUL ARIX IX1 sets ARQ Region Index 1 Manual operation See ACK Region Index on page 109 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL HARQ ACKoffset DL lt DI gt Sets the ACK channel that corresponds to the first HARQ enabled DL burst specified in this map message Parameters DI integer Range 0 to 255 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURS2 DLUL HARQ ACK DL 10 sets the DL HARQ ACK offset Manual operation See DL HARQ ACK Offset on page 109 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL HARQ ACKoffset INDicator lt Indicator gt Enables disables the inclusion of HARQ ACK offsets Parameters lt Indicator gt 0 1 RST ON Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURS2 DLUL HARQ ACK IND ON sets the HARQ ACK offset indicator Manual operation See ACK Offset Indicator on page 108 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL HARQ ACKoffset UL Ul Sets the ACK bit index in the DL HARQ ACK that corresponds to the first HARQ enabled UL burst specified in this map message Parameters Ul integer Range 0 to 255 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURS2 DLUL HARQ ACK UL 10 s
82. help User Manuals for base unit and options Service manual Data sheet and product brochure Links to useful sites on the Rohde amp Schwarz internet Online Help The Online Help is embedded in the software It offers quick context sensitive access to the complete information needed for operation and programming The online help contains help on operating the R amp S SMW and all available options Getting Started The Getting Started is delivered with the instrument in printed form and in PDF format on the documentation CD It provides the information needed to set up and start work ing with the instrument Basic operations and typical signal generation examples are described Safety information is also included This manual is available in several languages You can download these documents from the Rohde amp Schwarz website on the R amp S SMW product page at http www rohde schwarz com product SMW200A html gt Downloads gt Manuals User Manual User manuals are provided for the base unit and each additional software option The User Manual for the base unit is a supplement to the Getting Started manual and provides basic information on operating the R amp S SMW in general In this manual all instrument functions are described in detail Furthermore it provides a complete description of the remote control commands with programming examples An introduc tion to remote control is provided as well as information
83. in the R amp S SMW User Manual Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger EXTernal INHibit page 138 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger OBASeband INHibit on page 134 Marker Settings Trigger Delay Delays the trigger event of the signal from the external trigger source the other path e the other basebands internal trigger if common trigger settings are used Use this setting to synchronize the instrument with the device under test DUT or other external devi ces e postpone the signal generation start in the basebands compared to each other For more information see chapter Basics on in the R amp S SMW User Manual Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger EXTernal DELay on page 137 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger OBASeband DELay on page 134 4 3 Marker Settings This tab provides an access to the settings necessary to select and configure the marker output signal like the marker mode or marker delay settings o This section focuses on the available settings For information on how these settings affect the signal refer to section Basics on in the R amp S SMW user manual gt access this dialog select Baseband gt IEEE 802 16 WiMAX gt Marker Marker Settings IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Marker Mode Marker 1 Restart Rise Offset Samples Fall Offset 0 Samples Rise Offset 0 Samples Fall Offset Samples
84. in your par ticular product configuration Accessing the IEEE 802 16 WiMAX Dialog 2 Welcome to the IEEE 802 16 WiMAX Digital 2 1 Standard The R amp S SMW K49 is a firmware applications that adds functionality to generate sig nals in accordance with the IEEE 802 16 standard WiMAX WiMAX is a wireless metropolitan area network technology that provides interoperable broadband wireless connectivity to fixed and portable users It provides up to 50 kilo meters of service area allows users to get broadband connectivity without the need of direct line of sight to the base station and provides total data rates up to 75 Mbps enough bandwidth to simultaneously support hundreds of businesses and homes with a single base station The R amp S SMW K49 key features The R amp S SMW simulates IEEE 802 16 WiMAX at the physical level The IEEE 802 16 WiMAX signals are generated in the arbitrary waveform mode the signal is first calcu lated and then output The following list gives an overview of the main functions Support of IEEE 802 16 2004 Cor1 D5 and IEEE 802 16e 2005 Physical layer modes OFDM OFDMA OFDMA WiBro Forward and reverse link FDD and TDD duplexing e Burst types FCH DL MAP UL MAP DCD UCD HARQ ranging fast feedback data e Multiple zones and segments PUSC FUSC AMC sounding e Diversity and MIMO coding DL UL This user manual contains a description of the functionality that the application pro vi
85. is used to generate the encoder packet for each frame The index in the SPID sequence is advanced frame by frame and starts again from the beginning after all entered numbers have been used Fast Feedback Configuration OFDMA Example SPID sequence 0 1 2 Sequence Length set in the main panel 10 frames The following sequence is output 0 1 2 0 1 2 0 1 2 0 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt SPID on page 182 ACK Disable Disables ACK i e the allocated subburst does not require an ACK to be transmitted Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt ACKD on page 176 MAC Accesses the dialog for configuring the generic MAC Media Access Control header of the selected sub burst and for activating the checksum determination Remote command n a 4 25 Fast Feedback Configuration OFDMA 1 access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA Select Link Direction gt Uplink Select Frame Configuration OFDMA gt Frame Configuration gt Zone Table Select Configure Zone gt Config Select Burst Table Burst Type FastFb Select More Parameters gt Config Fast Feedback Configuration OFDMA IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Fast FB Zone0 Burst0 x Nomad 00 No Of Subchannels 1 No Of Symbols 3 CID hex
86. length of 256 See Data Length OFDM on page 37 OFDM Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DLMap AMODe lt AMode gt Selects the Allocation Start Time base Parameters lt AMode gt DLSFend FRAMestart RST DLSFend Example BB WIM OFDM BURS1 DLM AMOD DLSF sets the start time base to DL Subframe End Manual operation See Allocation Start Time Base OFDM on page 48 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DLMap ATIMe lt ATime gt Sets the Allocation Start Time in the DL Map Parameters lt ATime gt float Range 0 to dynamic Increment 1E 6 RST 0 Example BB WIM OFDM BURS1 DLM ATIM 2 sets the Allocation Start Time to 2 s Manual operation See Allocation Start Time OFDM on page 48 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DLMap DCD STATe State The command activates deactivates that the DCD is appended to the DL MAP The DCD message carries its own MAC header and CRC but is included within the DL MAP burst Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST OFF Example BB WIM OFDM BURS1 DLM DCD STAT ON appends the DCD to the DL Map Manual operation See Append DCD OFDM on page 47 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DLMap UCD STATe State The command activates deactivates that the UCD is appended to the DL MAP The UCD message is transmitted with its own MAC header and CRC included in the same b
87. lt BoStart gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 UCD RANG BOST 10 sets the start value for the ranging backoff to 10 Manual operation See Ranging Backoff Start on page 80 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt UCD REQuest BOENd lt BoEnd gt only for burst type UCD OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Sets the end value for the request backoff Parameters lt BoEnd gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 5 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 UCD REQ BOEN 10 sets the end value for the request backoff to 10 Manual operation See Request Backoff End on page 81 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt UCD REQuest BOSTart lt BoStart gt only for burst type UCD Sets the start value for the request backoff Parameters lt BoStart gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 UCD REQ BOST 10 sets the start value for the request backoff to 10 Manual operation See Request Backoff Start on page 81 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 UIUC lt Uiuc gt Sets uplink interval usage code The UIUC is used for the UL MAP if generated Parameters lt Uiuc gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 UIUC 2 sets uplink interval usage code 2 Manual operation See UIUC OFDMA on page 79 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax
88. lt Count gt Sets the number of slots for the selected burst Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 1 to 1000 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 SLOT COUN 12 sets 2 slots for burst 2 Manual operation See Duration Slots OFDMA on page 65 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt STC MODE lt Mode gt The command sets the space timing coding mode Parameters lt Mode gt MA2antenna MB2antenna RST MA2antenna Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE BURS3 STC MODE MA2 selects space time coding mode with two antennas and matrix A in zone 1 Manual operation See Space Time Coding Mode on page 80 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt SUBChannel COUNt lt Count gt Sets the number of subchannels for the selected burst Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 1 to 1E9 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 SUBC COUN 16 sets 16 subchannels for burst 2 Manual operation See Number of Subchannels OFDMA on page 64 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt SYMBol COUNt lt Count gt Sets the number of symbols for the selected burst If the number of symbols is changed the data length is adjusted to fill the specified number of symbols with data so that no padding has to be applied The maximum data length of 10 000 bytes defines the maximum number of s
89. message type long short or middle See IEEE 802 16 2004 section 8 3 11 for details RST USER Example BB WIM LINK UP selects transmission direction uplink BB WIM OFDM FRAM PRED FBPSK12LONG selects predefined settings with BPSK modulation channel cod ing 1 2 and long test message Manual operation See Predefined Frames on page 31 OFDM Physical Layer Settings SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM FRAMe NUMBer lt Number gt Selects the frame number of the uplink frame in which the UL map that specifies the uplink burst was transmitted This command is available in uplink only Parameters lt Number gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM LINK UP selects transmission direction uplink B WIM MODE OFDM elects OFDM physical layer mode B WIM OFDM FRAM 15 selects frame number 15 n Manual operation See Frame Number OFDM on page 35 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM N The command queries the factor n sampling ratio The sampling ratio is determined by the channel bandwidth see parameter Channel Bandwidth Return values lt N gt N8D7 N86D75 N144D125 N316D275 N57D50 N28D25 RST N8D7 Example BB WIM OFDM N queries the factor n Response N8D7 the factor n is 8 7 Usage Query only Manual operation See Sampling Ratio n OFDM on page 34 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM POWer REFerence R
90. number of symbols and vice versa The maximum data length of 10000 bytes defines the maximum number of symbols for a given modulation type and channel coding rate Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 DLENgth on page 209 Number of Symbols OFDM Enters the number of symbols for the selected burst If the number of symbols is changed the data length is adjusted to fill the specified number of symbols with data so that no padding has to be applied The maximum data length of 10 000 bytes defines the maximum number of symbols for a given modulation type and channel coding rate Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt SYMBol COUNt on page 214 Data Source OFDM Selects data source for the selected bursts The following standard data sources are available e All 1 An internally generated sequence containing 0 data or 1 data e PNxx An internally generated pseudo random noise sequence e Pattern An internally generated sequence according to a bit pattern Use the Pattern box to define the bit pattern Data List Select DList A binary data from a data list internally or externally generated Select Select DList to access the standard Select List dialog Select the Select Data List gt navigate to the list file dm_iqd gt Select to select an existing data list Use the New and Edit functions to create internally new data list o
91. of slots available for the burst Usage Query only Manual operation See No Of Slots Available In Burst on page 101 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt ACID lt Acid gt Sets the HARQ channel identifier for the specified sub burst Parameters lt Acid gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ5 ACID 12 sets the sub burst ACID to 12 Manual operation See ACID on page 104 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt ACKD lt Ackd gt Disables ACK i e the allocated subburst does not require an ACK to be transmitted Parameters lt Ackd gt 0 1 OFF ON RST ON Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ5 ACKD ON disables ACK Manual operation See ACK Disable on page 105 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt DATA lt Data gt The command sets the data source for the specified sub burst Parameters lt Data gt 9 PN11 PN15 PN16 PN20 PN21 PN23 DLISt ZERO ONE PATTern PNxx The pseudo random sequence generator is used as the data source Different random sequence lengths can be selected DLISt A data list is used The data list is selected with the com mand BB WIMax AOFD ZONE BURS HARQ DATA DSELect ZEROJONE Internal O and 1 data is used
92. of the electromag netic spectrum from 5150 to 5350 GHz and 5750 to 5825 GHz The range is 10 to 20 MHz for the channel bandwidth and 11 2 to 22 MHz for the sampling rate WiBro The frequency band as defined by the Telecommunications Technol ogy Association of Korea It is in the 2 3 GHz band of the electromag netic spectrum Frame Configuration OFDMA User This mode is provided for choosing any other channel bandwidth sampling rate combination The range is 1 25 to 28 MHz for the channel bandwidth and 1 4 to 32 MHz for the sampling rate Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm FBANd on page 148 Channel Bandwidth OFDMA Sets the channel bandwidth The range is 1 25 to 28 MHz The selected channel bandwidth has to be a multiple of 1 25 1 5 1 75 2 0 or 2 75 MHz The channel bandwidth determines the parameter n see Sampling Ratio n OFDMA For channel bandwidths that are a multiple of 1 75 MHz then n 8 7 that are a multiple of 1 5 MHz then n 28 25 that are a multiple of 1 25 MHz then n 28 25 that are a multiple of 2 75 MHz then n 28 25 that are a multiple of 2 0 MHz then n 28 25 e else for channel bandwidths not otherwise specified then 8 7 The sampling rate is derived from the channel bandwidth as follows SamplingRate floor n ChannelBandwidth 8000 8000 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm BW page 147 Sampling Ratio n OFD
93. packet ID which is used to identify the four sub packets generated from an encoder packet Parameters lt Spid gt string RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ MODE IR sets the HARQ mode to incremental redundancy BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ5 SPID 1 2 3 sets the SPID sequence Manual operation See SPID Sequence on page 104 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC CID lt Cid gt Sets the CID Connection Control Identifier of the medium access control layer MAC Parameters lt Cid gt integer Range 0 to HFFFF RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 MAC CID HE7 sets the CID for burst 2 to 231 Manual operation See MAC CID on page 79 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC CRC STATe lt State gt The command activates deactivates the checksum determination The state of the CRC can be set independently of the state of MAC header generation Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 MAC CRC STAT ON activates the checksum determination for burst 2 Manual operation CRC State page 110 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC EKS lt Eks gt Sets the EKS Encryption Key Sequence value in the MAC header The payload encryption itself is not performed by the signal generator Parameter
94. preamble mode user Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm PREamble INDex page 151 Tg Tb Ratio OFDMA Selects the ratio of guard period to symbol period This value sets the length of the cyclic prefix in fractions of the symbol period Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm TGTB on page 152 FFT Size OFDMA Selects the FFT size Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm FFT on page 148 IDCell OFDMA Sets the IDcell The IDcell is used the preamble as PermBase parameter for the permutation equations in the first downlink zone and partly sets the subcarrier random izer initialization vector in the first downlink zone Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm IDCell on page 150 4 14 2 Zone Table gt To access this dialog select Zone Table Frame Configuration OFDMA IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Frame Configuration OFDMA This dialog contains the parameters to configure the individual zone settings Zone Index OFDMA Displays the consecutive zone index from 0 to 7 Remote command n a Zone Number OFDMA Sets the zone number of the zone The value range is 0 to 7 Zones are generated in the order of zone number the lowest zone number is generated first If the same zone number is applied to more than one row different segments can be used within one zone In this case the segment numbers must differ and the activated subchannels of the se
95. signal is provided at i e con figure the Local and Global Connector Settings Clock Source Selects the clock source Internal The instrument uses its internal clock reference External Global Clock 1 2 The instrument expects an external clock reference at the global USER connector as configured in the Global Connector Settings dialog e External Local Clock The instrument expects an external clock reference at the local T M C connector Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax CLOCk SOURce on page 143 Clock Mode Enters the type of externally supplied clock Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax CLOCk MODE on page 142 Local and Global Connector Settings Clock Multiplier Enters the multiplication factor for clock type Multiple Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax CLOCk MULTiplier on page 142 Measured External Clock Provided for permanent monitoring of the enabled and externally supplied clock signal Remote command CLOCk INPut FREQuency 4 5 Local and Global Connector Settings Each of the Trigger In Marker and Clock dialogs as well as the Trigger Marker Clock dialog provides a quick access to the related local and global connector set tings For more information refer to the description R amp S SMW User Manual section Local and Global Connectors 4 6 Frame Configuration General Settings gt To access this dialog select Baseband gt IEEE 802 16 Wi
96. st0 gt SOUNding PERMutation on page 163 DL PermBase OFDMA only for Sounding Type B Sets the value for the DL Perm Base Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding DLPermbase on page 163 Decimation Value OFDMA only for Sounding Type A and Separability Type Decimated Subcarriers Sets the value for the decimation Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding DECimation VALue on page 162 Decimation Offset Randomization OFDMA only for Sounding Type A and Separability Type Decimated Subcarriers Activates deactivates the decimation offset randomization Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding DECimation RANDomization STATe on page 162 Shift Value U OFDMA only for sounding type A Sets the shift value u used for decimation offset and cyclic shift index Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding UVAL on page 164 Sounding Zone Configuration OFDMA 4 16 2 Sounding Table gt To access this dialog select Sounding table IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDMA Sounding Zone 0 Ramane ni Ofer Pte EEE Ex EH This dialog contians the individual sounding parameters for each CID Sounding Index OFDMA Displays the consecutive CID index from 0 to 15 All the rows are always displayed even if the CIDs are inactive They are
97. the beginning of the frame the Allocation Start Time parameter set below Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap AMODe on page 215 Allocation Start Time Sets the Allocation Start Time in the UL MAP Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap ATIMe on 216 UL MAP File Calls the dialog for selecting the UL map file Remote command n a 4 12 More Parameters Uplink OFDM 1 access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDM Select Link Direction gt Uplink Select Frame Configuration OFDM gt Frame Configuration gt Burst Table Boo N Select Burst Type gt Data MAC Header Configuration OFDM 5 Select More Parameter gt Configure IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A More Parameters OFDM 0 x Configure MAC UIUC CID hex ele This dialog contains the parameters that can be configured when Burst Type gt Data is selected Provided are the following settings Configure MAC Accesses the dialog for configuring the MAC header panel for the selected burst This dialog is described in chapter 4 13 MAC Header Configuration OFDM on page 50 Remote command n a UIUC OFDM Sets the specific UIUC Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt UIUC on page 215 MAC CID Sets the connection control identifier CID of the medium access control layer MAC The C
98. to both the data and pilot carriers Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BOOSt on page 154 Allocation Mode OFDMA only for sounding type A Selects the frequency allocation mode for sounding CIDs Normal The used sounding allocations are specified with Number Of Freq Bands and Start Freq Band Band AMC A Band Bitmap pattern determines the frequencies to be sent Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 SOUNding AMODe on 157 No Of Symbols OFDMA Sets the zone length in number of symbols Zones with identical zone number have the same length as they overlap in time Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SYMBol COUNt on page 166 Sounding Relevance OFDMA only if Sounding Relevance Flag is set to Same For All CIDs Selects the sounding relevance mode Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO SOUNding RELevance MODE on page 164 Max Cyclic Shift Index OFDMA only for Sounding Type A and Separability Type Cyclic Shift Sets the value for the maximum cyclic shift index Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO SOUNding CMAXimum on page 162 Sounding Zone Configuration OFDMA Permutation OFDMA only for Sounding Type B Indicates the permutation used for this sounding zone Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt
99. trigger Manual operation See Sync Output to External Trigger on page 23 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger 0BASeband DELay Delay Specifies the trigger delay expressed as a number of samples for triggering by the trigger signal from the second path Parameters Delay float Range 0 to 16777215 Increment 0 01 RST 0 Example BB WIM TRIG SOUR OBAS sets for path A the internal trigger executed by the trigger signal from the second path path B BB WIM TRIG OBAS DEL 50 sets a delay of 50 symbols for the trigger Manual operation See Trigger Delay on page 25 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger OBASeband INHibit lt Inhibit gt Specifies the number of samples by which a restart is to be inhibited following a trigger event This command applies only for triggering by the second path Parameters lt Inhibit gt integer Range 0 to 67108863 RST 0 Example BB WIM TRIG SOUR OBAS sets for path A the internal trigger executed by the trigger signal from the second path path B BB WIM TRIG INH 200 sets a restart inhibit for 200 samples following a trigger event Manual operation See External Trigger Inhibit on page 24 Trigger Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger RMODe Queries the current status of signal generation for all trigger modes with WIMax modu lation on Return values lt RMode gt STOP RUN RST STOP Example SOUR BB WIM TRIG MODE ARET sel
100. type Parameters lt Apco25 gt float Range 0 05 to 0 99 Increment 0 01 RST 0 20 Example BB WIM FILT PAR APCO25 0 04 the roll off factor is set to 0 04 Manual operation See Roll Off Factor or BxT on page 115 SOURce hw BB WIMax FILTer PARameter COSine lt Cosine gt The command sets the roll off factor for the Cosine filter type Filter Clipping Settings Parameters lt Cosine gt float Range 0 00 to 1 0 Increment 0 01 RST OFDM 0 1 OFDMA 0 1 sampling frequency below 20 MHz OFDMA 0 07 sampling frequency 20 MHz and above Example BB WIM FILT PAR COS 0 04 the roll off factor is set to 0 04 Manual operation See Roll Off Factor or BxT on page 115 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter COSine COFS lt Cofs gt The command sets the cut of frequency shift value for the Cosine filter type The default value gets set when switching between OFDM and OFDMA Parameters lt Cofs gt float Range 1 to 1 Increment 0 01 RST OFDM 0 1 OFDMA 0 0 sampling frequency below 20 MHz OFDMA 0 08 sampling frequency 20 MHz and above Example BB WIM FILT PAR COS COFS 0 04 the cut of frequency shift value is set to 0 04 Manual operation See Cut Off Frequency Shift on page 116 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter GAUSs Gauss The command sets the BxT for the Gauss filter type FSK Parameters Gauss float Range 0 15 to 2 5 Increment 0 01 R
101. 0 0 15 available connection control identifiers CIDs for Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA HARO dir0 0 14 available sub bursts in the 2D region for Physical Layer Mode OFDMA PDU dir0 0 16 available PDUs in the burst for Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA ZONE lt st0 gt 0 7 available zones for Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA General Commands o Using SCPI command aliases for advanced mode with multiple entities You can address multiple entities configurations by using the SCPI commands starting with the keyword SOURce or the alias commands starting with the keyword ENTity Note that the meaning of the keyword SOURce lt hw gt changes in the second case For details see section SCPI Command Aliases for Advanced Mode with Multiple Entities in the R amp S SMW user manual The following commands specific to the IEEE 802 16 WiMAX standard are described here 5 1 Gener l 5 tni e petite td sexe sted inen teile cuna eo Dri one DXX NEL aar 121 5 2 Filter Clipping Settings iere tini ERR Une e 127 5 3 Trigger Settings oie edente 132 5 4 Marker Settings cette nt menti i Pearce 138 5 5 Clock Settings rite pe regis o Exe e Pear 142 5 6 OFDMA Physical Layer 66 1 1 1131 nnne 143 5 7 OFDM Physical Layer
102. 0 gt CID Cid Sets the CID connection control identifier Parameters lt Cid gt integer Range 0 to HFFFF RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 CID sets the connection control identifier to ZHFFFF Manual operation See CID OFDMA on page 72 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt CINDex lt gt only Sounding Type A Sets the value for the cyclic shift index Parameters CIndex integer The maximum value depends on the setting for the maximum cyclic shift index SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE 0 7 2 S0UN CMAX Range 0 to 31 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 CIND 3 sets the value for the cyclic shift index to 3 Manual operation See Cyclic Shift Index OFDMA on page 73 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt DECoffset lt DecOffset gt only for Sounding Type A Sets the decimation offset Parameters lt DecOffset gt integer The maximum value depends on the setting for the decimation value SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE lt O 7 gt SOUN DEC VAL Range 0 to 127 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 DEC 10 sets the decimation offset to 10 Manual operation See Decimation Offset OFDMA on page 74 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt FBANd STARt lt Start gt
103. 0FDM FCH DATA PATTern Pattern Sets the bit pattern for the PATTern selection The maximum length is 64 bits This command is available only in User mode SOURce BB WIMax OFDM FCH MODE AUTO Parameters Pattern 64 bits Range B0 1 to B111 1 64 RST 80 1 Example BB WIM OFDM BURS DATA PATT H3F 8 defines the bit pattern Manual operation See Data Source FCH OFDM on page 45 OFDM Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FCH FNOFfset lt FnOffset gt Sets the frame number offset This value is added to the current frame number of the sequence After modulo 16 division the result is used as Frame_Number in the FCH in Auto mode and is also used to initialize the randomizers Parameters lt FnOffset gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM OFDM FCH FNOF 4 sets a frame number offset of 4 Manual operation See Frame Number Offset FCH OFDM on page 44 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FCH MODE Mode Selects the mode for generating the FCH Parameters lt Mode gt AUTO USER AUTO The DLFP fields which form the FCH are filled automatically with parameters specified at different locations USER the FCH is filled with data specified under Data Source This enables any arbitrary data to be sent with the FCH burst RST AUTO Example BB WIM OFDM FCH MODE AUTO selects FCH mode AUTO Manual operation See FCH Mode OFDM on page 43 SOURce lt h
104. 1 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 5 22 2 2 201 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap FNOFfset esses 202 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 5 202 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt 202 5 lt gt 20 lt 5 10 gt 0 203 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt 0 1 203 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SCARrier PERMutation 203 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SUBChannel MODE ss 204 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SUBChannel PATTern 204 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SUBChannel ROTation 204 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SUBChannel ch MAP 205 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt 205 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 UCD sess 205 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt 510 gt 0
105. 11 PN15 PN16 PN20 PN21 PN23 DLISt ZERO ONE PATTern PNxx The pseudo random sequence generator is used as the data source Different random sequence lengths can be selected DLISt A data list is used The data list is selected with the com mand BB WIMax AOFD BURS DATA DSELect ZEROJONE Internal 0 and 1 data is used PATTern Internal data is used The bit pattern for the data is defined by the command BB WIMax AOFD BURS DATA PATTern RST PN9 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE BURS DATA PATT selects as the data source for the data fields of burst 1 the bit pattern defined with the following command BB WIM AOFD BURS DATA PATT H3F 8 defines the bit pattern Manual operation See Data Source OFDMA on page 66 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA DSELect lt DSelect gt The command selects the data list for the DLISt data source selection The lists are stored as files with the fixed file extensions dm a directory of the user s choice The directory applicable to the following commands is defined with the command MMEMory CDIR To access the files in this directory you only have to give the file name without the path and the file extension Parameters lt DSelect gt string Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS DATA DLIS selects the Data Lists data source MMEM CDIR var user temp Lists selects the directory for the data lists BB WIM AOFD ZONE BURS
106. 164 R amp S SMW K49 List of Commands SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding SEParability SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNGing TYPE essent SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNGing UVAL eese een SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 STC ANTenna essen 5 lt gt 27 lt 0 gt 5 20 0404 lt gt 20 lt 60 gt 6 5 lt gt 7 lt 5 0 gt 5 22 5 0 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 510 gt 5 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 S YMBol OFFSet t 166 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt COUNT 198 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 CCODing FEC 166 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 CCODing INTerleaver 167 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 CCODing MODE es 167 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing RANDomizer 167
107. 2 16 WiMAX A UL MAP Zone 0 Burst 0 lla DIUC 0 CID hex FFFF Repetition Coding 0 Include In SUB DL UL MAP SUB DL UL MAP 1 UL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA UL MAP Allocation Start Time Base Subframe End Allocation Start Time UL MAP File Append DCD DCD CID Append UCD This dialog provides the parameters required to configure the UL MAP options in OFDMA mode Provided are the following settings DIUC OFDMA Sets the specific DIUC In DL MAP mode Auto the DIUC of each burst is included in the DL MAP Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 DIUC on page 170 MAC CID The command sets the CID connection control identifier of the medium access con trol layer MAC The CID identifies a connection to equivalent peers in the MAC of the base station and subscriber station This parameter is identical to the CID set in the MAC Header settings Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 MAC CID on page 182 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 HARO dir0 MAC CID On page 179 Configure MAC Acesses the dialog for configuring the MAC header panel for the selected burst Refer to chapter 4 27 MAC Header Configuration OFDMA on page 109 Remote command n a UL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA Channel Coding Randomizer Activates or d
108. 217 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FCH DATA PATTern on 218 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FCH DATA DSELect on page 218 4 9 Generate UL MAP Uplink OFDM 1 To access this dialog select General Physical Layer Mode OFDM 2 Select Link Direction gt Uplink 3 Select Frame Configuration OFDM Frame Configuration Common 4 Select Generate UL MAP IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Generate UL MAP Save UL MAP Data Generate UL MAP Uplink OFDM This dialog contains the parameters required for generating an UL MAP Provided are the following settings UCD Count OFDM Sets the value for the UCD count Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM UCD on page 224 Save UL MAP Data OFDM Opens the File Select dialog for saving the current UL MAP The name of the file is specified in the File name entry field the directory selected in the save into field The file is saved by pressing the Save button The file is stored with the predefined file extension dm_iqd The file name and the directory it is stored in are user definable The saved file is the data list format and contains UL MAP that describes the current uplink subframe The following list shows the parameters the UL MAP is composed of e UCD Count Set to UCD Count specified above e Allocation Start Time Set to 0 Can be modified later when loading the UL MAP in downlink mode e CI
109. 22 22 2 22 175 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt chO gt HARQ lt dir0 gt ACID SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt chO gt HARQ lt dir0 gt ACKD SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0O gt HARQ lt dir0 gt DATA SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 HARQXdir0 DATA DSELect 177 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 HARQx dir0 DATA PATTern 177 5 0 lt gt 1 203 lt 50 gt lt gt lt gt 0 177 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 HARQxdir0 DLENGgth 178 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 HARQxdir0 FORMAat 178 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0O BURSt ch0 HARQxdir0 MAC CID 179 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 HARQxdir02 MAC CRC STATe 179 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 HARQxdir0 MAC EKS 179 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC ENCRypted STATe 180 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 HARQxdir0 MAC STATe 180 SOURce hw BB WIM
110. 22222 rers Channel Coding Channel Coding FEC Channel Coding Interleaver Channel Coding Mode 5 tne Channel Coding Randomizer is Channel Coding Repetition Coding 168 CID 50 52 72 79 84 92 104 107 111 114 Clipping Level Clipping Mode Clipping State Clock aaia Multiplier Source Codeword Size Coding Rate Common trigger settings rrr rn ennt tein Compressed Map socorrisme iian eren nen eie Configuration Change Count Configure active Subchannels 60 204 Configure Band AMO eene rn 60 Configure MAC cett 50 79 89 92 Configure PDU scere eter ntt 84 Configuring 2 57 Conflict n Conflict bursts OFDMA ei eto pens 168 Conventions acts Coupled trigger settings CRO Slate TC CRC State PDU rere eei ee o AAN Crest factor B CS ID p Current range without recalculation 28 Current Range without Recalculation 139 Cut Off Frequency Factor crees 117 Cut Off Frequency Shift creer eee 116 Cyclic D
111. 2SQPSK34 UL7M12S16QAM12 UL7M12S16QAM34 UL8M15SQPSK12 UL8M15SQPSK34 UL8M15S16QAM12 UL8M15S16QAM34 ULTOM18SQPSK12 UL10M18SQPSK34 UL10M18S16QAM12 UL10M18S16QAM34 USER The settings for the frame can be defined by the user DL UL Predefined settings for receiver testing are selected The param eter includes the link direction the bandwidth the modulation and the channel coding rate RST USER Example BB WIM LINK UP selects transmission direction uplink BB WIM AFDM FRAM PRED UL3M12SQPSK12 selects predefined test message with 3MHz QPSK modulation and channel coding rate 1 2 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Manual operation See Predefined Frames on page 31 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm IDCell lt Idcell gt Sets the IDcell Parameters lt Idcell gt integer Range 0 to 31 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD IDC 4 sets ID cell 4 Manual operation See IDCell OFDMA on page 55 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm N The command queries the factor n sampling ratio The sampling ratio is determined by the channel bandwidth see Channel Bandwidth OFDMA on page 54 Return values lt N gt N8D7 N86D75 N144D125 N316D275 N57D50 N28D25 RST N8D7 Example BB WIM AOFD N queries the factor n Response N8D7 the factor n is 8 7 Usage Query only Manual operation See Sampling Ratio n OFDMA on page 54 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm POWer REFerence Refere
112. 4 29 1 Filter Settings tte esta de d e a dd a 115 4 29 2 Clipping Settings ccce deed e iere de do td i Haa dE eR 118 4 29 3 Data Dump ono reden a te ida Fe bx edd a E 119 5 Remote Control Commanods eese 120 5 1 General cede 121 5 2 Filter Clipping Settings eterni 127 5 3 5 seccssenasscceseedessstbeetessecuestesssstenneeess 132 User Manual 1175 6732 02 07 4 MM Lid cee 138 5 5 CloCK S teinG e 142 5 6 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings cccccccsscceseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeneas 143 5 7 OFDM Physical Layer 206 List of CODI mantle uc eene dn a eee 225 eee 231 Documentation Overview 1 Preface 1 1 Documentation Overview The user documentation for the R amp S SMW consists of the following parts Getting Started printed manual Online Help system on the instrument incl Tutorials Documentation CD ROM with Getting Started Online help system Web Help and chm as a standalone
113. 41000000 0 enn nnns nnn nnne ne 152 ESOURCGCe hwePrEBBIWIMaxiAOFDImTTG TB ue dert nuoto ire tette 152 lt gt 7 153 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 AMC BITMap PATTern suse 153 lt gt 1 20 lt 510 gt 153 5 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt 154 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt 5 154 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 CSTD ch0 CDELay dir0 154 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 CSTD ch0 GAIN dirO 154 lt gt 20 lt 10 gt 0 lt gt 155 lt gt 20 lt 5 0 gt 155 lt gt 7 lt 60 gt 010 04 4 156 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 PERMbase seen 156 lt gt 20 lt 0 gt
114. 69 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding RELevance MODE lt Mode gt only if Sounding Relevance Flag is set to Same For All CIDs The command selects the sounding relevance mode Parameters lt Mode gt THIS NEXT RST THIS Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN REL MODE THIS selects the sounding relevance mode THIS Manual operation See Sounding Relevance OFDMA on page 70 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding SEParability lt Separability gt only for Sounding Type A The command selects the sounding separability type Parameters lt Separability gt CYCLic DECimated RST CYCLic Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN SEP CYCL selects the separability mode cyclic Manual operation See Separability Type OFDMA on page 69 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding TYPE Type The command selects either sounding type A or B Parameters lt Type gt A B RST A Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN TYPE selects sounding type A Manual operation See Sounding Type OFDMA on page 69 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding UVAL lt UVal gt only for Sounding Type A Sets the shift value u used for decimation offset and cyclic shift index OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt UVal gt integer Range 0 to 127 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD
115. 80 Modulation and Coding Rate 64 Modulation and RS CC Rate 37 174 211 Modulation data eec 38 66 86 Moving Start Offset Mode x 100 175 MRCT test 9 1 24 4 sese ieee 100 Multiple PDUs OFDMA 79 186 N nclude In SUB DL UL MAP 172 No of i a sec rera i itas cuo core rez cine 35 OF Freg Barids cic corta corem ks 73 No Of Sub Bursts 100 Of Subchannels ecran ces 74 Symbols eet etes bito 57 70 No of used Subchannels 95 223 No of Zones Segments 54 153 Number Of Allocated Codes 98 Number of CSTD Antenna OFDMA 76 154 Number of PDUs OFDMA Number of Slots crine roa Number Of Subchannel Groups Number of Symbols Number of Taps OFDMA INyquisti filler occ to OFDM mentite 18 OFDMA 18 OFDMA mode 18 Offset Subchannel 65 Offset 74 Offset Symbol 57 205 Online coe na rds pa kia ead 7 Opportunity SIZE e e ree ie 98 Output Directory for
116. 9 lt gt gt ina lt gt gt lt gt gt 0 lt gt gt lt gt gt lt gt gt SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger 0UTPut lt ch gt PULSe FREQuency lt gt gt SOURceshw BB WIMax TRIGger RMODY3 trt teh pet rn tr tr ornnes 135 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger SLENglthi ronem hern rore einn SOURceshws BB WIMax TRIGGER SEU NIE oro citer ra Perret e mre entree egeo tug epe Ye cias SOURceshw BB WIMax TRIGger SOURCe trt trt pente SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger EXTernal DELay essen SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger EXTernal INHibit SOURce hw BB WIMax WAVeftorm CREate en ethernet p nen t nnn SOURce hw
117. AC EKS 2 sets the EKS Manual operation See Payload encrypted PDU on page 114 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC STATe lt State gt The command activates deactivates the checksum determination The state of the CRC can be set independently of the state of MAC header generation Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 PDU5 MAC STAT ON enables generation of the generic MAC header for Manual operation See MAC Header State PDU on page 114 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 PDU dir0 MAC TYPE Type Specifies the MAC type Parameters Type integer Range to Ox3F RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 PDU5 MAC TYPE H3F sets the type field of the MAC header of PDU5 Manual operation See Mac Type PDU on page 114 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 PDU dir0 MAC CID Cid Sets the CID Connection Control Identifier of the medium access control layer MAC Parameters Cid integer Range 0 to HFFFF RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 PDU5 MAC CID H33 sets the CID for PDUS to 33 Manual operation See MAC CID PDU on page 84 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PMAP lt gt only for burst type UCD and DCD Determines whether the b
118. AC OFDMA Calls the dialog for configuring the Mac header panel for the DL MAP Refer to chap ter 4 27 MAC Header Configuration OFDMA on page 109 Remote command n a Include CID Switch IE OFDMA Includes excludes the CID Switch IE Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO DLMap IIE STATe on page 202 DL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA Append DCD OFDMA If activated the DCD is appended to the DL MAP The DCD message carries its own MAC header and CRC but is included within the DL MAP burst Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap DCD STATe on page 201 DCD CID OFDMA only if Append DCD is ON Enters the value for the DCD CID This CID connection control identifier is independent from the DL Map CID and is only used for the DCD message Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap DCD CID on page 201 Compressed Map OFDMA If activated a compressed map is generated instead of a normal map Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap COMPressed STATe on page 200 Append Compressed UL Map OFDMA only if Compressed Map is ON If activated a compressed UL Map is appended to the DL Map Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap COMPressed ULMap STATe on page 200 Allocation Start Time Base OFDMA Selects the Allocation
119. B WIM AOFD ZONEO SUBC2 MAP ON activates subchannel set 2 i e subchannels 6 9 Manual operation See Use Subchannels x y downlink PUSC only on page 61 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt TYPE lt gt The command queries the symbol offset of the zone Parameters lt Type gt FUSC PUSC AMC2X3 SOUNding RST PUSC Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SYMB OFFS queries the symbol count offset in zone 1 Manual operation See Zone Type OFDMA on page 56 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt UCD lt Ucd gt Sets the value for the UCD count Parameters lt Ucd gt integer Range 0 to 255 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO UCD 255 sets the value for the UCD count to 255 Manual operation See UCD Count OFDMA on page 96 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 ULMap CREate Filename The command saves the current UL map The default directory is set using command MMEM CDIRectory A path can also be specified in which case the UL map files in the specified directory are read The file are stored with the extension dm This command is available in uplink only 5 7 OFDM Physical Layer Settings Setting parameters lt Filename gt string Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 ULM CRE ul map zonel save the current UL map to the file ul map_zonel Usage Setting only Manual operation See Save UL MAP Data OFDMA on page 96 OFDM Physical
120. Bitmap on page 60 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt AMC BITMap STATe State Activates deactivates Band AMC mode If activated the command SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONEO AMC BITM PATT specifies the active physical bands If deactivated all available physical bands are used Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO AMC BITM STAT ON enables Band AMC mode Manual operation See Use Physical Bands Bitmap on page 60 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BOOSt Boost Sets an additional zone boosting in dB The zone boosing is applied to both the data and pilot carriers Parameters lt Boost gt float Range 80 to 20 Increment 0 01 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BOOS 33 sets th zone boost to 33dB Manual operation See Zone Boosting OFDMA on page 63 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt CSTD ANTCount lt AntCount gt Sets the number of antennas used for cyclic shift transmit diversity CSTD One base band is only generating one antenna at a time Parameters lt AntCount gt 1 2 4 RST A1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO CSTD ANTC A2 two antennas are selected for CSTD Manual operation See Number Of Antennas OFDMA on page 76 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt CSTD lt ch0 gt CDELay lt dir0 gt lt CDelay gt Sets the number of samp
121. D CID from the More Param panel for each burst e Start Time Burst start in OFDM symbols for each burst e Subchannel Index Subchannel Index set in the Frame Configuration panel e UIUC UIUC from the More Param panel for each burst Duration Burst duration in symbols Midamble repetition interval Midamble repetition for each burst Generating a valid UL MAP The following steps are required to generate a valid UL MAP e 1 Switch to uplink mode e 2 Define the layout of the uplink subframe by setting a number of bursts and speci fying the parameters above for each burst 3 Select Generate UL MAP and save the UL MAP to a file 4 Switch to downlink mode 5 Set one of the downlink bursts to Burst Type UL MAP 6 Open the More Params panel 7 Select UL MAP File and load the file created before DL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDM The downlink frame is then transmitting a UL MAP that specifies the uplink structure defined in uplink mode before Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM ULMap CREate on 224 4 10 DL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDM 1 To access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDM 2 Select Link Direction gt Downlink 3 Select Frame Configuration OFDM gt Frame Configuration gt Burst Table 4 Select Burst gt DL MAP 5 Select More Parameter gt Configure WiMAX A DL MAP Burst 0 Append UL Map On Alloca
122. D lt ch0 gt POWer STATe 160 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt RELevance 160 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt SUBChannel lc M 161 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt SUBChannel tesa test lace ed ected al 161 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNding CID ch0 SYMBol 161 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNding CMAXimum sss 162 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding DECimation RANDomizatignp S TA Te uomo ieee denen dials dade ene area 162 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNGing DECimation VALue 162 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNGding DLPermbase 163 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNGing PERMutation 163 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNding RELevance FLAG 163 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNding RELevance MODE 164 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 SOUNGding SEParability 164 lt gt 0 20 lt 510 gt 500
123. DELay Delay Sets the trigger delay Parameters Delay float Range 0 to 16777215 Increment 0 01 RST 0 Default unit samples Example BB WIM TRIG SOUR EXT selects an external trigger BB WIM TRIG EXT DEL 50 sets a delay of 50 symbols for the trigger Manual operation See Trigger Delay on page 25 5 4 Marker Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger EXTernal INHibit lt Inhibit gt Specifies the number of samples by which a restart is to be inhibited following an exter nal trigger event Parameters lt Inhibit gt integer Range 0 to 21 47 sampRate RST 0 Example BB WIM TRIG SOUR EXT selects an external trigger BB WIM TRIG EXT INH 200 sets a restart inhibit for 200 samples following a trigger event Manual operation See External Trigger Inhibit on page 24 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger SEQuence Sequence Selects the trigger mode Parameters Sequence AUTO RETRigger AAUTo ARETrigger SINGle RST AUTO Example BB WIM SEQ AAUT sets the Armed auto trigger mode the device waits for the first trigger e g with TRG and then generates the signal continu ously Manual operation See Trigger Mode on page 21 Marker Settings This section lists the remote control commands necessary to configure the markers OUTPut lt ch gt The numeric suffix to OUTPut distinguishes between the available markers
124. Dump Files 119 P Packet Size 102 181 Pattern 38 66 86 Payload encrypted sete ronda tied 52 111 Payload encrypted tmi 114 CID 84 114 PDUMAGC CRC Stalin centro rn 188 PDUMAC Header reet temer 189 PDU MAC Payload Encrypted State 188 i ode cte hg 74 160 PermbB se ricorrere ec t e ERE es 57 Permutation OFDMA 71 163 Physical Layer Mode mr nee 18 Pilot Pattern QFDMA ia 63 Power sete eren 73 160 tiere 39 66 191 PRBS ene tercer ote 57 Preamble tren erre 55 Preamble Mode 54 151 Preamble Of BUESL oh eric erectas 214 Predefined Frames 2591 Pulse Frequency Marker 141 R Randomizer 167 168 Ranging Erid rante 80 95 Ranging Backoff Start 1 reme 80 95 i T 103 RCT test 9 1 24 4 na 179 Release noles ite re 8 Request Backoff End Request Backoff Start oi EE DE Rise Offset Marker S Samp
125. E stO BURSt ch0 DLUL INCLude on page 172 Ranging Backoff Start only for burst type UCD Sets the start value for the ranging backoff Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm 20 lt 560 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt UCD RANGing BOSTart on page 194 Ranging Backoff End only for burst type UCD Data Configuration OFDMA Sets the end value for the ranging backoff Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt UCD RANGing BOENd on page 194 Request Backoff Start only for burst type UCD Sets the start value for the request backoff Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt UCD REQuest BOSTart on page 195 Request Backoff End only for burst type UCD Sets the end value for the request backoff Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt UCD REQuest BOENd on page 194 Burst Profile Mapping only for burst type UCD and DCD Determines whether the burst profile mapping is performed automatically or manually In manual configuration the mapping to the UIUCS DUICSs is user definable Data Configuration OFDMA WiMAX A OFDMA Zone0 Burst0 16QAM CC 3 4 64QAM CC 1 2 Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PMAP on page 189 FEC amp Modulation Type Burst Profile Mapping only
126. ELay MINimum on page 139 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt DELay MAXimum on page 139 Fix marker delay to current range Restricts the marker delay setting range to the dynamic range Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut DELay FIXed on page 139 4 4 Clock Settings This tab provides an access to the settings necessary to select and configure the clock signal like the clock source and clock mode For information on how these settings affect the signal refer to section Basics on in the R amp S SMW user manual D This section focuses on the available settings gt access this dialog select Baseband gt IEEE 802 16 WiMAX gt Clock Clock Settings IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Clock Source Internal Local Connector Settings This dialog comprises the settings required for configuring the clock signal Defining the Clock The provided clock signals are not dedicated to a particular connector but can be map ped to one or more globally shared USER and the two local T M C connectors Use the Local and Global Connector Settings to configure the signal mapping as well as the polarity the trigger threshold and the input impedance of the input connectors To route and enable a trigger signal perform the following general steps Define the signal source i e select the Clock gt Source e Define the connector USER or T M C the selected
127. FDM BURS2 PRE MODE LONG enables generation of the long preamble for burst 2 Manual operation See Preamble OFDM on page 37 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt SYMBol COUNt Count Sets the number of symbols for the selected burst Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 1 to 1E9 RST 3 OFDM Physical Layer Settings Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 SYMB COUN 12 sets 12 symbols for burst 2 Manual operation See Number of Symbols OFDM on page 38 SOURcechw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 TYPE Type The command selects the burst type Available burst types for downlink DATA ULMap DLMap Available burst types for uplink DATA RANGing Parameters Type DLMap ULMap RANGing DATA RST DATA Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 TYPE DATA selects burst type DATA Manual operation See Burst Type OFDM on page 39 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 UIUC lt Uiuc gt Sets uplink interval usage code Parameters lt Uiuc gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 UIUC 2 sets uplink interval usage code 2 Manual operation See UIUC OFDM on page 50 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap AMODe lt Amode gt The command sets the UL MAP Allocation Start Time Base The start time is set either relative to the DL subframe end DLSFend or the frame start FRAMestart This command is available for link direction
128. Factor 0 c Roll Off Factor 1 f Hz Fig 4 1 Example of the frequency response of a filter with different Roll Off Factors For the default cosine filter a roll off factor of 0 07 is used Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter APCO25 page 129 SOURce lt hw gt BE WIMax FILTer PARameter COSine page 129 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter GAUSs on page 130 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter PGAuss on 131 SOURce lt hw gt BE WIMax FILTer PARameter RCOSine on page 131 SOURce lt hw gt BE WIMax FILTer PARameter SPHase on page 132 Cut Off Frequency Shift available for filter parameter Cosine only The cut off frequency is a filter characteristic that defines the frequency at the 3 dB down point The Cut Off Frequency Shift affects this frequency in the way that the fil ter flanks are moved and the transition band increases by Cut Off Frequency Shift Sample Rate e A Cut Off Frequency Shift 1 results in a very narrow band filter e Increasing the value up to 1 makes the filter more broad band Cut Off Frequency Shift 0 the 3 dB point is at the frequency determined by the half of the selected Sample Rate Tip Use this parameter to adjust the cut off frequency and reach spectrum mask requirements Filter Clipping Settings m Cut Off Frequency Shift 1
129. For test reasons continuous generation or generation for a freely selectable dura tion USER are available The user duration is set with command SOUR BB WIM FRAM TIME USER In continuous mode the frame duration equals the sum of the burst durations Parameters Time 52 MS2D5 M84 55 58 MS10 MS12D5 MS20 CONTinuous USER RST MS10 Example BB WIM FRAM TIME MS12D5 selects a frame length of 12 5 ms Manual operation See Frame Duration on page 31 General Commands SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FRAMe TIME USER User The command sets the frame duration to a freely selectable value Parameters lt User gt float Range Os to 0 15 Increment 1E 6 s RST 0 01s Manual operation See User Frame Duration on page 31 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax LINK Link The command defines the transmission direction The signal either corresponds to that of a base station FORWard DOWN or that of a subscriber station REVerse UP Parameters lt Link gt FORWard REVerse UP DOWN RST FORWard Example BB WIM LINK DOWN the transmission direction selected is base station to subscriber station The signal corresponds to that of a base station Manual operation See Link Direction on page 20 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax MODE Mode Selects the Physical Layer Mode Parameters lt Mode gt OFDM AOFDm WIBRo AAI AOFDm Orthogonal Frequency Division Multip
130. ID identifies a connection to equivalent peers in the MAC of the base station and subscriber station This parameter is identical to the CID set in the MAC Header settings Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC CID on page 212 4 13 MAC Header Configuration OFDM 1 To access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDM Select Link Direction gt Uplink Select Frame Configuration OFDM gt Frame Configuration gt Burst Table Boo DN Select Burst Type gt Data MAC Header Configuration OFDM 5 Select More Parameter gt Configure gt Configure MAC IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDM Generic MAC Header State or 0 gt CID hex 0 JOn Payload encrypted EKS hex Type hex ES This dialog contains the parameters to configure a generic MAC header which is placed at the beginning of the burst when activated In addition CRC cyclic redundancy check can be activated which is added at the end of the burst It covers MAC header and all data Provided are the following settings CRC State Activates deactivates the checksum determination The state of the CRC can be set independently of the state of MAC header generation Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC CRC STATe on page 212 MAC Header State Activates the generation of the generic MAC header Remote command SOURce
131. IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Frame Configuration OFDM Frequency Band Tg Tb Channel Bandwidth No Of Used Subchannels 16 all Sampling Rate Subchannel Index BSID 4 LSBs Frame Preamble No Of Bursts Configure FCH This dialog contains the common parameters required for frame configuration in OFDM mode Provided are the following settings Frequency Band OFDM Selects the frequency band for the carrier frequencies The available ranges for setting the channel bandwidth and the sampling rate depend on the selection here ETSI The frequency band as defined Norm by the European Telecommuni cations Standards Institute applies The range is 1 75 to 28 MHz for the channel bandwidth and 2 to 32 MHz for the sampling rate MMDS The frequency band as defined by the Multichannel Multipoint Distri bution Service applies The RF frequency range is 2500 to 2686 MHz The range is 1 50 to 24 MHz for the channel bandwidth and 1 72 to 27 52 MHz for the sampling rate WCS The frequency band as defined by the Wireless Communication Ser vice applies It is in the 2 3 GHz band of the electromagnetic spec trum from 2305 to 2320 MHz and 2345 to 2360 MHz The range is 2 5 to 15 MHz for the channel bandwidth and 2 88 to 17 28 MHz for the sampling rate Frame Configuration OFDM U NII The frequency band as defined by the Unlicensed National Informa tion Infrastructure applies It is in the 5 GHz band of the electromag
132. IGger ARM EXEQCUte eese 133 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger EXECute 133 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger EXTernal SYNChronize OUTPut esses 134 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger OBASeband DELay esee 134 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger OBASeband INHibit eee 134 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger RMODe sss 135 lt gt 51 135 SOURcexhw BB WIMax TRIGger SLUNIt 135 5 lt gt 5 2 12044440000 136 5 lt gt 137 lt gt 1 138 5 lt gt 5 2 0 0 0 3 138 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger ARM EXECute The command stops signal generation for trigger modes Armed_Auto and Armed_Ret rigger A subsequent internal or external trigger event restart signal generation Example BB WIM TRIG SOUR INT sets inter
133. IM OFDM BURS CCOD STAT ON activates channel coding for burst 1 Manual operation See Channel Coding OFDM on page 37 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax O0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA Data The command determines the data source for the specified bursts Parameters Data 9 PN11 PN15 PN16 PN20 PN21 PN23 DLISt ZERO ONE PATTern PNxx The pseudo random sequence generator is used as the data source Different random sequence lengths can be selected DLISt A data list is used The data list is selected with the com mand BB WIMax OFDM BURS DATA DSELect ZERO ONE Internal 0 and 1 data is used PATTern Internal data is used The bit pattern for the data is defined by the command BB WIMax OFDM BURS DATA PATTern RST PN9 Example BB WIM OFDM BURS DATA PATT selects as the data source for the data fields of burst 1 the bit pattern defined with the following command BB WIM OFDM BURS DATA PATT H3F 8 defines the bit pattern Manual operation See Data Source OFDM on page 38 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA DSELect lt DSelect gt The command selects the data list for the DLISt data source selection The lists are stored as files with the fixed file extensions dm_igqd in a directory of the user s choice The directory applicable to the following commands is defined with the command MMEMory CDIR To access the files in this directory you only have to give the f
134. L MAP Configuration Downlink OFDM essem nens 48 e Parameters Uplink 49 e MAC Header Configuration OFDM sess nnne 50 Frame Configuration OFDMA cina cdd rote 52 Zone Configuration OFDMA iris miseros ti tee t i D 59 e Sounding Zone Configuration 68 CSTD OFDMA tl Gee p alee eee 74 e Data Configuration OFDMA idee ee eer entra 77 e FCH Configuration Downlink 85 e DL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA esee 86 UL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA eese 91 e Generate UL MAP Uplink 95 e Ranging Uplink 2 1 2 nune ntn kannte nhan 97 e Configuration OFDMA eir c arte eo eer et eee 98 e Fast Feedback Configuration 105 e SUB DL UL MAP Configuration 107 e MAC Header Configuration 109 e MAC Configuration ORD M cio cett rn c ext c nx eire e eges 112 piter Clpplig SOWING a acts 115 4 1 General Settings for WiMAX Signals In this dialog IEEE 802 16 WiMAX digital standard is enabled and reset and all the set tings for the signal in both transm
135. L on page 171 ACK Region Index Selects whether ACK region 0 or 1 will be used Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 DLUL ARIX on page 170 4 27 MAC Header Configuration OFDMA 1 To access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA Select Frame Configuration OFDMA Frame Configuration Zone Table Select Configure Zone gt Config Select Burst Table gt More Parameters gt Config o m Select MAC gt Config MAC Header Configuration OFDMA IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDMA MAC Zone0 Burst0 Payload encrypted EKS hex Type hex S Type 6 LEN LSB 8 CID LSB 8 This dialog contains the settings for a generic MAC header of the corresponding zone and burst The MAC header is placed at the beginning of the burst when acti vated In addition CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check can be activated which is added at the end of the burst It covers MAC header and all data CRC State Activates deactivates the checksum determination The state of the CRC can be set independently of the state of MAC header generation Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0O gt MAC CRC STATe on page 183 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt MAC CRC STATe on 179 MAC Header Configuration OFD
136. M AOFD BURS2 HARQ5 MAC STAT ON enables generation of the generic MAC header for sub burst 5 Manual operation See MAC Header State on page 111 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC TYPE lt Type gt Specifies the MAC type The value of the 6 bit type field is set which indicates the pay load type including the presence of subheaders Parameters lt Type gt integer Range 0 to H3F RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 HARQ5 MAC TYPE H3F sets the type field of the MAC header of sub burst 5 Manual operation See Mac Type on page 111 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MODRate lt ModRate gt for HARQ Chase Mode only OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Sets the sub burst modulation and coding rate Parameters lt ModRate gt QPSK_12 QPSK_34 16 12 16 34 64 12 64 23 64 34 64 56 RST QPSK_12 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ MODE CHAS sets the HARQ mode to chase BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ MODR QPSK 34 sets the modulation and coding rate Manual operation See Modulation amp Coding Rate on page 102 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt PSIZe lt PSize gt for HARQ IR Mode only The command sets the HARQ sub burst packet size in bits Parameters lt PSize gt P
137. M REQ BOEN 10 sets the end value for the request backoff to 10 Manual operation See Request Backoff End on page 95 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap REQuest BOSTart lt BoStart gt Sets the start value for the request backoff Parameters lt BoStart gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 ULM REQ BOST 10 sets the start value for the request backoff to 10 Manual operation See Request Backoff Start on page 95 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap UCD CID lt Cid gt Sets the value for the UCD CID Parameters lt Cid gt integer Range 0 to HFFFF RST HFFFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 ULM UCD CID H456 enters the value for the UCD CID Manual operation See UCD CID OFDMA on page 94 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap UCD STATe lt State gt The command activates deactivates that the UCD is appended to the UL MAP The UCD message is transmitted with its own MAC header and CRC included in the same burst allocation used by the UL MAP Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 ULM UCD STAT ON appends the DCD to the UL Map Manual operation See Append UCD OFDMA on page 94 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm
138. MA MAC Header State Activates the generation of the generic MAC header Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 MAC STATe on page 184 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 HARO dir0 MAC STATe on page 180 MAC CID The command sets the CID connection control identifier of the medium access con trol layer MAC The CID identifies a connection to equivalent peers in the MAC of the base station and subscriber station This parameter is identical to the CID set in the MAC Header settings Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 MAC CID on page 182 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt MAC CID on page 179 Payload encrypted Activates deactivates payload encryption If activated the EC Encryption Control field is set to 1 and the EKS Encryption Key Sequence field can be set Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 MAC ENCRypted STATe on page 183 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt MAC ENCRypted STATe on page 180 EKS Sets the EKS Encryption Key Sequence value in the MAC header The payload encryption itself is not performed by the signal generator Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt
139. MA Indicates the sampling ratio The sampling ratio is determined by the channel band width see Channel Bandwidth OFDMA Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm N on page 150 Sampling Rate OFDMA Sets the sampling rate The possible settings depend on the selected frequency band The full range in User mode is 1 44 to 32 MHz The sampling rate is related to the channel bandwidth by the parameter n SamplingRate floor n ChannelBandwidth 8000 8000 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm SRATe on page 152 Number of Zones Segments OFDMA Sets the number of active zones segments in one frame Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE COUNt on page 153 Preamble Mode OFDMA Selects the mode for selecting the preamble index Frame Configuration OFDMA Auto The preamble index value is automatically derived from the segments used in the first zone and the IDcell parameter The Preamble Index field below shows the used preamble index If more than one seg ment is active in the first zone the Preamble Index shows 1 In this case a multi segment preamble is generated User Sets the preamble index to one of the available indices from 1 to 113 specified in the Preamble Index field Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm PREamble INDex MODE on 151 Preamble Index OFDMA Sets the preamble index to one of the available indices from 1 to 113 in
140. MAP is filled automatically Manual operation See DL MAP Mode OFDMA on page 87 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap REPCoding lt RepCoding gt The command activates deactivates repetition coding Setting RCO deactivates all other settings activate repetition coding Parameters lt RepCoding gt RCO RC2 RC4 RC6 RST RCO Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO DLM REPC RC2 activates repetition coding Manual operation See DL MAP Repetition Coding OFDMA on page 89 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap SLOTcount Return values lt SlotCount gt integer Range 0 to INT_MAX RST 0 Usage Query only SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SCARrier PERMutation lt Permutation gt Parameters lt Permutation gt FUSC PUSC AMC2X3 SOUNding RST PUSC OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SUBChannel MODE lt Mode gt The command determines if all or selected sets of subchannels are activated The sets of subchannel to be activated are selected with command SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONEO SUBC2 MAP Parameters lt Mode gt USER ALL RST ALL Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE0 SUBC MODE USER selects user mode for selecting the activated subchannels BB WIM AOFD ZONEO SUBC2 MAP activates generation of set subchannels 20 to 31 Manual operation See Use All Subchannels
141. MAX gt Frame Configu ration IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Frame Duration Sequence Length 1 Frames 7 Predefined Frames User 7 Power Reference Burst M Frame Configuration Frame Configuration General Settings This dialog contains the general parameters required for frame configuration Frame Duration Selects the frame duration Only distinct values are allowed in the standard For test reasons continuous genera tion or generation for a freely selectable duration User are available In continuous mode the frame duration equals the sum of the burst durations in OFDM mode or the subframe duration in OFDMA mode Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FRAMe TIME on page 122 User Frame Duration available for Frame Duration set to User Sets the frame duration for selection User The values are freely selectable Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FRAMe TIME USER on page 123 Downlink Subframe Duration available for uplink direction in TDD mode Delays the first uplink burst by the set time duration Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SUBFrame TIME on page 126 Initial Delay of Burst 1 available for the uplink direction in FDD mode with physical layer mode OFDM Delays the first uplink burst by the set time duration In FDD mode this parameter is provided for convenience to enable a constant delay of the signal with respect to an internal or
142. MMEMory CDIR To access the files in this directory you only have to give the file name without the path and the file extension Parameters lt DSelect gt string Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 PDU6 DATA DLIS selects the Data Lists data source MMEM CDIR var user temp Lists selects the directory for the data lists BB WIM AOFD ZONEO 808 52 PDU6 DATA DSEL pdu6 wimax selects file pdu6 wimax as the data source This file must be in the directory and must have the file extension dm iqd Manual operation See Data Source PDU OFDMA on page 84 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt DATA PATTern lt Pattern gt Sets the bit pattern for the PATTern selection The maximum length is 64 bits Parameters lt Pattern gt 64 bits Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE0 BURS2 PDUQ6 DATA PATT 80 1 defines the bit pattern Manual operation See Data Source PDU OFDMA on page 84 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt DLENgth lt DLength gt Sets the data length of the PDU The data length range is dynamic and depends on the packet size and the MAC header state Parameters lt DLength gt integer Range 0 to 3E4 RST 16 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ4 DLEN 10 sets the data length of the sub burst to 10 Manual operation See Data Length PDU OFDMA on page 83 OFDMA Physical L
143. Nr of Bursts 1 OFDMA mode Frequency Band ETSI Channel Bandwidth 1 75 MHz Sampling Rate 2 00 MHz n 8 7 Tg Tb 1 4 FFT Size 2048 Subcarrier Permutation PUSC Subchannel 0 59 State ON OFDMA WiBro mode Frequency Band WiBro Channel Bandwidth 8 75 MHz Sampling Rate 10 MHz n 8 7 Tg Tb 1 8 FFT Size 1024 Subcarrier Permutation PUSC Subchannel 0 59 State ON Frame Duration 5ms Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax PRESet on page 123 General Settings for WiMAX Signals Save Recall Accesses the Save Recall dialog i e the standard instrument function for storing and recalling the complete dialog related settings in a file The provided navigation possibil ities in the dialog are self explanatory The file name and the directory it is stored in are user definable the file extension is however predefined See also chapter File and Data Management in the R amp S SMW User Manual Remote command SOURce lt hw gt SOURce lt hw gt SOURce lt hw gt SOURce lt hw gt B WIMax SETTing CATalog on page 124 B WIMax SETTing LOAD on page 124 B WIMax SETTing STORe on page 125 B WIMax SETTing DELete on page 124 B B B B Generate Waveform File With enabled signal generation triggers the instrument to store the current settings as an ARB signal in a waveform file Waveform files can be further processed by
144. OFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PDU dirOP MAC CID 189 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PMAP sss 189 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PMAP DMODulation lt dir0 gt 190 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PMAP UMODoUlation dirO 190 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 0 gt lt gt 191 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 0 gt lt gt 191 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 RANGing OPPortunity SIZE 191 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt RANGing OPPortunity SLOTcount 192 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 RANGing SCGCount 192 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 50 gt lt gt 510 0 192 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 50 gt lt gt 5 193 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 SUBChannel COUNt 193 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm Z
145. ONE st0 BURSt ch0 SYMBol COUN G esses 193 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 50 gt lt gt 193 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 UCD RANGing BOENG 194 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 UCD RANGing BOSTart 194 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 UCD REQuest BOENG 194 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 UCD REQuest BOSTart 195 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 UIUC ssssssssee 195 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 ULMap AMODe eee 195 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 ULMap ATIMe SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap DCD CID SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 ULMap DCD STATe 196 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 ULMap RANGing BOENG 197 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 ULMap RANGing BOSTart 197 User Manual 1175 6732 02 07 227 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 ULMap REQuest BOENGd 197 S
146. ONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt FORMat for HARQ IR Mode only Queries the sub burst modulation Return values lt Format gt NONE QPSK QAM16 QAM64 RST QPSK Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ MODE IR sets the HARQ mode to IR BB WIM AOFD 0 BURS2 HARQ5 FORM queries the sub burst modulation Usage Query only Manual operation See Modulation on page 102 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC CID lt Cid gt Sets the CID Connection Control Identifier of the medium access control layer MAC The CID identifies a connection to equivalent peers in the MAC of the base station and subscriber station Parameters lt Cid gt Example Manual operation integer Range 0 to HFFFF RST 0 BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HAROQ5 MAC CID H33 sets the CID for sub burst 5 to 33 See MAC CID on page 79 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC CRC STATe lt State gt The command activates deactivates the checksum determination The state of the CRC can be set independently of the state of MAC header generation Parameters lt State gt Example Manual operation 0 1 RST 0 BB WIM AOFD BURS2 HARQ5 MAC CRC STAT ON activates the checksum determination for the specified sub bu
147. OURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 ULMap REQuest BOSTart A SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 ULMap UCD CID esses 5 0 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 50 gt lt gt 5 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap BSID eene SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0O DLMap COMPressed AMODe eese SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap COMPressed ATIMe eene 5 lt gt 1 203 lt 50 gt 0 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap COMPressed ULMap DSELect SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap COMPressed ULMap STATe 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 50 gt 0 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap DCD CID eene SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap DCD STATe esee SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap FNOFfset esses SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap lIE STATe eese SOURce hw BB
148. PATTern Internal data is used The bit pattern for the data is defined by the com mand BB WIMax AOFD ZONE BURS DATA PATTern RST PN9 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ6 DATA PATT selects as the data source the bit pattern defined with the follow ing command BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ6 DATA PATT H3F 8 defines the bit pattern Manual operation See Data Source on page 103 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt DATA DSELect lt DSelect gt Selects the data list for the DLISt data source selection The lists are stored as files with the fixed file extensions dm_igqd in a directory of the user s choice The directory applicable to the following commands is defined with the command MMEMory CDIR To access the files in this directory you only have to give the file name without the path and the file extension Parameters lt DSelect gt string Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ6 DATA DLIS selects the Data Lists data source MMEM CDIR var user temp Lists selects the directory for the data lists BB WIM AOFD ZONE0O BURS2 HARQ6 DATA DSEL wimax listl selects file wimax list1 as the data source This file must be in the directory and must have the file extension dm iqd Manual operation See Data Source on page 103 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 g
149. Part inactive signal parts such as the gaps between bursts in uplink mode or the uplink subframe in downlink TDD mode This marker can be used to decrease the carrier leakage during inac tive signal parts by feeding it into the pulse modulator Pulse A regular marker signal is generated The pulse frequency is defined by entering a divider The frequency is derived by dividing the sample rate by the divider The input box for the divider opens when Pulse is selected and the resulting pulse frequency is displayed below it Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut ch PULSe DIVider on page 141 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut ch PULSe FREQuency on page 141 Pattern A marker signal that is defined by a bit pattern is generated The pat tern has a maximum length of 32 bits and is defined in an input field which opens when pattern is selected Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt PATTern on page 141 ON OFF A regular marker signal that is defined by an ON OFF ratio is gener Period ated A period lasts one ON and OFF cycle The ON Time and OFF Time are each expressed as a number of samples and are set in an input field which opens when ON OFF ratio is selected ON time OFF time ON time OFF time Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt ONTime on page 140 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch
150. R BB WIM TRIG SLUN FRAM sets unit Frame length for the entry of sequence length SOUR BB WIM TRIG SLEN 2 sets a sequence length of 2 frame Two frames will be output after the next trigger event Manual operation See Signal Duration Unit on page 22 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger SOURce Source Selects the trigger signal source and determines the way the triggering is executed Provided are internal triggering by means of a command external trigger singnal via one of the provided local or global connectors and and triggering by a signal from the other paths Trigger Settings Parameters lt Source gt INTB INTernal OBASeband EGT1 EGT2 EGC1 EGC2 ELTRigger INTA ELCLock BEXTernal EXTernal INTernal Internal INTA INTB Internal trigger from the other baseband EGT1 EGT2 External global trigger EGC1 EGC2 External global clock ELTRigger External local trigger ELCLock External local clock OBASeband BEXTernal EXTernal Provided only for backward compatibility with other R amp S signal generators The R amp S SMW accepts these values und maps them automati cally as follow EXTernal EGT1 BEXTernal EGT2 OBASeband INTA or INTB depending on the current baseband RST INTernal Example BB WIM TRIG SOUR INT selects an internal trigger source Manual operation See Trigger Source on page 23 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger EXTernal
151. R amp S9SMW K49 IEEE 802 16 WiMAX M User Manual 1175 6732 02 07 E E 5 e 5 2 2 gt 32 wn This document describes the following software options R amp S SMW K49 1413 3984 xx This manual describes firmware version FW 3 20 324 xx and later of the R amp S SMW200A 2015 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG M hldorfstr 15 81671 M nchen Germany Phone 49 89 41 29 0 Fax 49 89 41 29 12 164 Email info rohde schwarz com Internet www rohde schwarz com Subject to change Data without tolerance limits is not binding R amp S is a registered trademark of Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG WiMAX Forum is a registered trademark of the WiMAX Forum WiMAX the WiMAX Forum logo WiMAX Forum Certified and the WiMAX Forum Certified logo are trademarks of the WiMAX Forum Trade names are trademarks of the owners The following abbreviations are used throughout this manual R amp S SMW200A is abbreviated as R amp S SMW R amp S WinIQSIM2 is abbreviated as R amp S WinlQSIM2 the license types 02 03 07 11 13 16 12 are abbreviated as 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 2 1 2 2 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 7 1 4 7 2 4 7 3 4 74 4 8 4 9 4 10 4 11 4 12 4 13 4 14 4 14 1 Contents 7 Documentation OverviQw 1 iiic
152. RQ lt dir0O gt DATA PATTern on page 177 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt DATA DSELect on page 177 DIUC for HARQ Chase Mode only Sets the DIUC Downlink Interval User Code for the specified sub burst Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt DIUC on page 177 MAC CID The command sets the CID connection control identifier of the medium access con trol layer MAC The CID identifies a connection to equivalent peers in the MAC of the base station and subscriber station This parameter is identical to the CID set in the MAC Header settings Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 MAC CID on page 182 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt MAC CID page 179 ACID Sets the HARQ channel identifier for the specified sub burst Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt ACID on page 176 SPID Sequence for HARQ IR Mode only Sets the sub packet ID sequence which is used to select the generated sub packet out of the four possible sub packets for each frame Each SPID is identified by a number from 0 to 3 Up to 8 numbers can be entered separated by colons During signal generation one SPID out of the sequence
153. RSt ch0 SYMBol COUNt on page 193 Duration Slots OFDMA Enters the number of slots for the selected burst If the number of slots is changed the data length is adjusted to fill the specified number of slots with data so that no padding has to be applied Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt SLOT COUNt on page 192 Offset Subchannel OFDMA Indicates the subchannel offset for the selected burst This value can be modified after Auto Offset is deactivated It is possible that bursts overlap in manual offset mode The Conflict column indicates overlapping bursts Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0O gt OFFSet SUBChannel on page 185 Offset Symbol OFDMA Indicates the symbol offset for the selected burst The symbol offset is specified rela tive to zone start In the first downlink zone symbol offset 0 refers to the first symbol after the preamble This value can be modified after Auto Offset is deactivated The set symbol offset is rounded to a multiple of the number of symbols per slot defined by the set subcarrier permutation It is possible that bursts overlap in manual offset mode The Conflict column indicates overlapping bursts Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0O gt OFFSet SYMBo1 on page 185 Zone Configuration OFDMA Auto OFDMA Activates deactiv
154. S48 PS96 PS144 PS192 PS288 PS384 PS480 PS960 PS1K92 PS2K88 PS3K84 PS4K8 PS9K6 514 4 PS19K2 PS24K RST PS144 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ MODE IR sets the HARQ mode to IR BB WIM AOFD ZONE0O BURS2 HARQ5 PSIZ PS144 sets the packet size to 144 bit Manual operation See Packet Size Bits on page 102 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt RATE for HARQ IR Mode only Queries the sub burst code rate Return values lt Rate gt string Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ MODE IR sets the HARQ mode to IR BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ5 RATE queries the sub burst rate Usage Query only Manual operation See Rate on page 103 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt SLOTcount lt SlotCount gt Sets the duration of the sub bursts in slots The duration range is dynamic and depends of the selected link direction and packet size Parameters lt SlotCount gt integer Range 1 to 1E9 RST 2 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ5 SLOT 1 sets the duration of sub burst 5 to one slot Manual operation See Duration Slots on page 102 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt SPID lt Spid gt for HARQ IR Mode only The command sets the sub
155. ST 0 50 Example BB WIM FILT PAR GAUS 0 5 the BxT is set to 0 5 Manual operation See Roll Off Factor or BxT on page 115 SOURce hw BB WIMax FILTer PARameter LPASs lt LPass gt The command sets the cut off frequency factor for the Lowpass ACP optimization fil ter type The value range depends on the set symbol rate 0 05 x symbol rate 2 x symbol rate Filter Clipping Settings Parameters lt LPass gt float Range 0 05 to 2 0 Increment 0 01 RST 0 50 Example BB WIM FILT PAR LPAS 0 5 the cut of frequency factor is set to 0 5 Manual operation See Cut Off Frequency Factor on page 117 SOURce hw BB WIMax FILTer PARameter LPASSEVM lt LPassEvm gt The command sets the cut off frequency factor for the Lowpass EVM optimization fil ter type The value range depends on the set symbol rate 0 05 x symbol rate 2 x symbol rate Parameters lt LPassEvm gt float Range 0 05 to 2 0 Increment 0 01 RST 0 5 Example BB WIM FILT PAR LPASSEVM 0 5 the cut of frequency factor is set to 0 5 Manual operation See Cut Off Frequency Factor on page 117 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter PGAuss lt PGauss gt The command sets the BxT for the Gauss filter type pure Parameters lt PGauss gt float Range 0 00 to 2 5 Increment 0 01 RST 0 50 Example BB WIM FILT PAR PGA 0 5 the BxT is set to 0 5 Manual operation See Roll Off Factor or BxT on
156. Selects the PermBase of the zone Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt PERMbase page 156 PRBS ID OFDMA Selects the PRBS_ID of the zone Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 PRBSid on page 156 Configure Zone OFDMA Calls the dialog for configuring the parameters of the zone Remote command n a 4 14 3 Time Plan gt To access this dialog select Time Plan Frame Configuration OFDMA IEEE 802 16 WiMAX Frame Configuration OFDMA OFDMA Symbol Number 4 1 1 Subchannel Physical Number Frame Duration 60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 00705710515 20725 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75580 55 90 95 100 105 rangna HARG Fast ERE Time ms cha This dialog shows the time plan The time plan indicates the assignment of the active bursts The x axis shows the OFDMA symbol number relative to frame zone start on the top of the diagram and the time in ms relative to frame zone start on the bottom of the diagram The vertical line on the right side shows the frame boundary The y axis indicates the physical logical subchannel numbers The bursts are numbered with Zonelndex Time Plan View Mode OFDMA Selects the display range Remote control command n a Total Frame display range extends to all zones including the gap to the frame duration The y axis shows the physical subchannels All lo
157. Sets the sampling rate The possible settings depend on the selected frequency band The full range in User mode is 1 44 to 32 MHz The sampling rate is related to the channel bandwidth by the parameter n SamplingRate floor n ChannelBandwidth 8000 8000 Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM SRATe on page 222 BSID OFDM Sets the 4 LSBs of the Base Station ID Frame Configuration OFDM The BSID is transmitted in the FCH when set to Auto mode and it is used to initial ize the randomizer Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BSID on page 207 No of Bursts OFDM Sets the number of active bursts in one frame With number of bursts 0 a preamble only or a preamble with an FCH burst is gener ated Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt COUNt page 216 Tg Tb Ratio OFDM Selects the ratio of guard period to symbol period This value sets the length of the cyclic prefix in fractions of the symbol period Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM TGTB page 224 No of Used Subchannels OFDM Selects the number of used subchannels Selection 16 all deactivates subchannelization and activates all possible carriers The values 1 2 4 and 8 activate only a part of the available subcarriers unused carriers are blanked Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM SUBChannel COUNt on 223 Subchannel Index OFDM S
158. Start Time base required for the UL Map appended to the DL Map The Allocation Start Time field of the UL Map specifies the start of the uplink sub frame If Start Time Base is set to DL Subframe End the Allocation Start Time of the UL Map is set to the end of the downlink subframe Allocation Start Time parameter set below When Start Time Base is set to Frame Start the Allocation Start Time of the UL Map is set to the beginning of the frame Allocation Start Time parameter set below Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO DLMap COMPressed AMODe on page 199 Allocation Start Time OFDMA Sets the Allocation Start Time in the UL Map appended to the DL Map Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO DLMap COMPressed ATIMe on page 199 UL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA UL MAP File OFDMA Access the dialog for selecting the UL MAP file Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap COMPressed ULMap DSELect on page 200 4 24 UL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA 1 To access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA Select Link Direction gt Downlink Select Frame Configuration OFDMA gt Frame Configuration gt Zone Table Select Configure Zone gt Config Select Burst Table gt Burst Type gt UL MAP F Select More Parameters gt Config IEEE 80
159. Tern on page 204 Zone Configuration OFDMA No of Bursts OFDMA Sets the number of active bursts in the zone segment Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt COUNt page 198 Space Time Coding Mode OFDMA Sets the space time coding mode or switches diversity off Off Deactivates diversity 2 Antennas Matrix A 2 Antennas Matrix B Sets the space time coding mode to 2 Antennas and Matrix A or Matrix B encoding respectively 4 Antennas Matrix A 4 Antennas Matrix B 4 Antennas Matrix C Sets the space time coding mode to 4 Antennas with Matrix A Matrix B or Matrix C encoding respectively Burst Defined Enables mixing Matrix A and Matrix B encoding on burst level The used matrix can be defined in the More Parameter dialog box of each burst See also Data Configuration OFDMA and UL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDM Collaborative Multiplexing Enables Uplink Collaborative spatial multiplexing CSTD Enables Cyclic Shift Transmit Diversity The CSTD parameters are set in the CSTD dialog see CSTD OFDMA Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt STC MODE on page 165 Space Time Coding Antenna OFDMA Sets the antenna for the space time coding modes Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt STC ANTenna on page 165 Generate UL MAP Available for link direction uplink only Accesses the dialog for gene
160. URce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 DATA PATTern on page 170 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 DATA DSELect on page 169 Boost OFDMA Sets the burst power in dB This setting affects the data tones only in downlink mode the pilot power is fixed In uplink the setting affects both data and pilot tones Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 POWer on page 191 Zone Configuration OFDMA Burst Type OFDMA Selects the burst type from Data FCH DL MAP UL MAP Ranging HARQ Fast Feedback or SUB MAP DATA Regular bursts are called Data bursts All data sources are available for this type of burst FCH An FCH is generated at subchannel and symbol offset 0 See FCH Configuration Downlink OFDMA on the FCH contents DL MAP A DL MAP is generated taking into account all active bursts of all zones SeeDL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA on the DL MAP contents UL MAP A UL MAP is generated using the specified data list including addi tional parameters from the More Param panel See UL MAP Configu ration Downlink OFDMA for more information on how to create UL MAP bursts Ranging An uplink ranging allocation is configured which can be used for ini tial ranging periodic ranging or bandwidth request transmissions See Ranging Uplink OFDMA for more information on how to create ranging channels The burst type Rangin
161. URce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC CID 179 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC CROG STAT Ree 179 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC EKS 179 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC STA Tecin ET abcd A E RE 180 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC STATe 180 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC TYPE 180 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MODRate 180 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt PSiZe 181 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt RATE 181 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt chO gt HARQ lt dir0 gt SLOTcount 182 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 HARQx dirO SPID 182 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 MAC CID 182 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 MAC CRC STATe 183 SOURce lt hw
162. WIMax 0FDM SUBChannel COUNt Count The command selects the number of subchannels f r OFDM configurations Selection 16 all deactivates subchannelization and activates all possible carriers The values 1 2 4 and 8 activate only a part of the available subcarriers unused carriers are blanked Parameters Count SC1 SC2 SC4 SC8 SC16 RST SC16 Example BB WIM OFDM SUBC COUN SC4 selects 4 subchannels to be used Manual operation See No of Used Subchannels OFDM on page 35 OFDM Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM TGTB lt Tgtb gt The command selects the ratio of guard period to symbol period This value sets the length of the cyclic prefix in fractions of the symbol period Parameters lt Tgtb gt TGTB1D4 TGTB1D8 TGTB1D16 TGTB1D32 RST TGTB1D4 Example BB WIM OFDM TGTB TGTB1D8 sets a ratio of 1 to 8 Manual operation See Tg Tb Ratio OFDM on page 35 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM UCD lt Ucd gt Sets the value for the UCD count This command is available in uplink only Parameters lt Ucd gt integer Range 0 to 255 RST 0 Example BB WIM OFDM UCD 255 sets the value for the UCD count to 255 Manual operation See UCD Count OFDM on page 46 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM ULMap CREate Filename The command saves the current UL map The default directory is set using command CDIRectory A path can also be specified in w
163. WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap MODE esee SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 DLMap REPCoding eene SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 1 2 203 5 0 lt gt 1 203 lt 50 gt 5 203 5 0 lt gt 1 20 3 lt 50 gt 50 204 5 0 lt gt 1 203 lt 50 gt 50 204 5 0 lt gt 1 203 lt 50 gt 50 204 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 50 gt 50 lt gt 205 lt gt 27 lt gt 205 lt gt 7 lt gt 205 5 0 lt gt 1 203 lt 50 gt 0 205 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax BDUMp DIRectory ESOURceshw BB WIMax BDUMp
164. a iaaa 125 800 lt gt 5 126 lt gt 126 LSOURce lt hw gt JiBB WIMaX SVERSIOR 126 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax DUPLexing lt Duplexing gt Selects the duplexing The duplexing mode determines how the uplink and downlink signal are separated General Commands Parameters lt Duplexing gt TDD FDD RST TDD Example BB WIM DUPL FDD selects frequency division duplexing Manual operation See Duplexing on page 19 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FRAMe BURSt DELay Delay The command sets the delay for the first uplink burst The command is only available for physical layer mode OFDM in uplink and for FDD duplexing Parameters lt Delay gt float Range 0s to 1E6 s Increment 1 us RST 0s Example BB WIM MODE OFDM selects physical layer mode OFDM BB WIM LINK UP selects transmission direction uplink BB WIM DUP FDD selects FDD duplexing BB WIM FRAM BURS DEL 0 004 selects a delay of 4 ms for the first burst Manual operation See Initial Delay of Burst 1 on page 31 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FRAMe TIME Time The command selects the frame duration Only distinct values are allowed in the stand ard
165. ables sounding transmission in the corresponding logical band a 0 disables it The right most bit LSB corresponds to logical band 0 the lowest frequency subcarri ers Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt BBITmap on page 158 Sounding Relevance Activates deactivates the sounding relevance Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt RELevance STATe on page 160 Cyclic Shift Index OFDMA only for Sounding Type A Sets the value for the cyclic shift index If the Separability Type is set to Decimated Subcarriers the cyclic shift index is not used Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO SOUNding CID ch0 CINDex on page 159 4 17 CSTD OFDMA Decimation Offset OFDMA only for Sounding Type A Sets the value for the decimation offset If the Separability Type is set to Cyclic Shift the decimation offset is not used Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt DECoffset on page 159 Periodicity Sets the value for the periodicity A value of 0 transmits this sounding CID only once at the beginning of the signal sequence A value of 1 activates continuous transmission of the sounding CID with each frame Larger values specify the period in frames that active sounding CIDs occur Remote command SOURce l
166. al causes a restart Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger SEQuence on page 138 Signal Duration Unit Trigger Settings Common to All Basebands Defines the unit for describing the length of the signal sequence to be output in the Single trigger mode Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger SLUNit on page 135 Trigger Signal Duration Trigger Settings Common to All Basebands Enters the length of the signal sequence to be output in the Single trigger mode Use this parameter to deliberately output part of the signal an exact sequence of the signal or a defined number of repetitions of the signal Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger SLENgth on page 135 Running Stopped Trigger Settings Common to All Basebands For enabled modulation displays the status of signal generation for all trigger modes e Running The signal is generated a trigger was internally or externally initiated in triggered mode e Stopped The signal is not generated and the instrument waits for a trigger event Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger RMODe on page 135 Trigger Settings Arm Trigger Settings Common to All Basebands Stops the signal generation until subsequent trigger event occurs Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger ARM EXECute on page 133 Execute Trigger Trigger Settings Common to All Basebands For int
167. al to the burst power Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 MIDamble on page 213 Modulation and RS CC Rate OFDM Selects the modulation and channel coding rate Channel coding includes randomiza tion reed solomon coding convolutional coding and interleaving For a given modulation type and channel coding rate the data length determines the number of symbols and vice versa Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 FORMat on page 211 Channel Coding OFDM Switches channel coding on or off If channel coding is switched off the bits read from the data source are directly modu lated onto the carriers Due to randomization missing this could result in very high crest factors of the signal Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 CCODing STATe on page 207 Data Length OFDM Determines the data length in bytes Frame Configuration OFDM The given number of bytes is read from the data source The total number of data bytes in the burst before channel coding is determined as follows TotalDataBytes DataLength MACHeaderBytes CRCBytes TailByte The tail byte is only added when channel coding is switched on The same is the case for the MAC header and CRC they are not added when switched off Additionally pad ding with OxFF bytes is applied at the end of the data sequence to reach an integer number of OFDM symbols The data length determines the
168. and The file is stored with the predefined file extension wv The file name and the directory it is stored in are user definable Setting parameters Filename string Example MMEM CDIR var user temp waveform sets the default directory to var user temp waveform BB WIM WAV CRE wimax 1 creates the waveform file wimax 1 wv in the default directory Usage Setting only Manual operation See Generate Waveform File on page 18 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SVERsion lt SVersion gt Selects the version of the standard to use Parameters lt SVersion gt VC1 VC2D4 VC3 RST VC1 Manual operation See Version on page 19 Filter Clipping Settings 5 2 Filter Clipping Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax BDUMp DIRGCtory ecri canini 127 5 lt gt 5 127 SOURCeshw EBBIWIMax GLIPpingi EEVel uiti ra te e a nn caduto 127 SOURce hw EBB WIMax CLIPpihigr MO DE 128 lt gt 2 1 42 2 21 1 0 128 E SOURCeshw TEB WM aderit neret eere caa te em eret 129 SOURceshw rBBAWIMax FIE Ter MODE iror eua iranian cn 129 lt gt
169. art Time in the DL Map OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt ATime gt float Range 0 to frame duration Increment 1E 6 RST 0 Default unit s Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO DLM COMP ATIM 2 sets the Allocation Start Time to 2 s Manual operation See Allocation Start Time OFDMA on page 90 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap COMPressed STATe lt State gt The command activates deactivates that a compressed map is generated instead of a normal map Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST OFF Default unit s Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO DLM COMP STAT ON generates a compressed map Manual operation See Compressed Map OFDMA on page 90 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap COMPressed ULMap DSELect lt DSelect gt The command selects the UL Map file Parameters lt DSelect gt string Default unit s Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO DLM COMP ULM DSEL ul map zone 1 selects the UL Map file u1 map zone 1 Manual operation See UL MAP File OFDMA on page 91 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap COMPressed ULMap STATe lt State gt The command activates deactivates that a compressed UL Map is appended to the DL Map OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST OFF Default unit s Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO DLM COMP ULM STAT ON appends the compressed map to th
170. ates the Auto Offset mode In Auto mode Offset Subchannel and Offset Symbol are set such that bursts are not overlapping in the subchannel symbol space Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 0FFSet MODE on page 184 Data Source OFDMA Selects data source for the selected bursts The following standard data sources are available e All 1 An internally generated sequence containing 0 data or 1 data e An internally generated pseudo random noise sequence e Pattern An internally generated sequence according to a bit pattern Use the Pattern box to define the bit pattern e Data List Select DList A binary data from a data list internally or externally generated Select Select DList to access the standard Select List dialog Select the Select Data List gt navigate to the list file gt Select to select an existing data list Use the New and Edit functions to create internally new data list or to edit an existing one Use the standard File Manager function to transfer external data lists to the instrument See also section Modulation Data in the R amp S SMW user manual section File and Data Management in the R amp S SMW user manual section Data List Editor in the R amp S SMW user manual Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO0O BURSt ch0 DATA on page 168 SO
171. ax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 HARQxdir0 MAC TYPE 180 User Manual 1175 6732 02 07 226 R amp S SMW K49 List of Commands SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MODRate SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 HARQx dir0 PSIZe SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 HARQxdir0 RATE sss 181 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 HARQxdir0 SLOTGcount 182 500 lt gt 20 3 lt 50 gt lt gt lt gt 182 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 MAC CID s 182 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 MAC CRC STATe sese 183 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 MAC EKS sse 183 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 MAC ENCRypted STATe 183 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 MAC STATe 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 0 gt lt gt 5 lt gt 20 3 lt 0
172. ayer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC CRC STATe lt State gt The command activates deactivates the checksum determination The state of the CRC can be set independently of the state of MAC header generation Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 PDU5 MAC CRC STAT ON activates the checksum determination for the specified PDU Manual operation See State PDU on 113 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC EKS lt Eks gt Sets the EKS Encryption Key Sequence value in the MAC header The payload encryption itself is not performed by the signal generator Parameters lt Eks gt integer Range 0 to 3 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 PDU5 MAC ENCR STAT ON enables payload encryption BB WIM AOFD BURS2 PDU5 MAC EKS 2 sets the EKS for burst 2 Manual operation See EKS PDU on page 114 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC ENCRypted STATe lt State gt The command activates deactivates payload encryption If activated the EC encryp tion control field is set to 1 and the EKS encryption key sequence field can be set Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 PDU5 MAC ENCR STAT ON enables payload encryption for PDU5 BB WIM AOFD BURS2 PDU5 M
173. bch and No of Symb in downlink mode and Duration Slots in uplink mode Thus the Data Length can be lower than the burst s allocated number of bytes Up to 10 000 data bytes can be set for each burst Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA LENGth on page 170 Number of Subchannels OFDMA Enters the number of subchannels for the selected burst If the number of subchannels is changed the data length is adjusted to fill the allocated space defined by No of Subch and No of Symb with data so that no padding has to be applied The data length can be lowered afterwards if data bytes less than the allocated number shall be read from the data source Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 SUBChannel COUNt page 193 Zone Configuration OFDMA Number of Symbols OFDMA Enters the number of symbols for the selected burst If the number of symbols is changed the data length is adjusted to fill the allocated space defined by No of Subch and No of Symb with data so that no padding has to be applied The data length can be decreased afterwards if data bytes less than the allocated number shall be read from the data source The entered number of symbols is automatically adjusted to a multiple of the number of symbols per slot for the set subcarrier permutation Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BU
174. burst 2 Manual operation See Mac Type on page 111 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt OFFSet MODE lt Mode gt The command selects the offset mode for the selected burst The offset mode deter mines if the subchannel offset and the symbol offset of each burst are set automatically or manually Parameters lt Mode gt USER AUTO RST AUTO Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 OFFS MODE USER sets the manual offset mode The start subchannel and symbol of the burst are set manually with commands BB WIM ZONEO AOFD BURS2 OFFS SUBChannel and BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 OFFS SYMBol Manual operation See Auto OFDMA on page 66 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt OFFSet SUBChannel lt SubChannel gt Sets the subchannel offset for the selected burst This command is only available for offset mode user BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 OFFS MODE USER Parameters lt SubChannel gt integer Range 0 to 1E9 RST BurstO 7 All other bursts 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 OFFS MODE USER sets the manual offset mode BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 OFFS SUBC 8 selects subchannel 8 as start subchannel for burst 2 Manual operation See Offset Subchannel OFDMA on page 65 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt OFFSet SYMBol lt Symbol
175. ce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC EKS on page 188 Mac Type PDU Specifies the MAC type The value of the 6 bit type field is set which indicates the payload type including the presence of subheaders Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC TYPE on page 189 4 29 4 29 1 Filter Clipping Settings Filter Clipping Settings gt access this dialog select Baseband gt IEEE 802 16 WiMAX gt General gt Filter Clipping The dialog contains the settings required to configure the baseband filter and to enable clipping Filter Settings gt Select Filter IEEE 802 16 WiMAX Filter Clipping ARB Settings Filter Roll Off Factor 0 10 Cut Off Frequency Shift 0 10 Filter Mode Realtime Sample Rate Variation 2 000 000 MHz This dialog contains the parameters for configuring the baseband filter Provided are the following settings Filter Selects the baseband filter Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer TYPE on page 129 Roll Off Factor or BxT Sets the filter parameter The filter parameter offered Roll Off Factor or BxT depends on the currently selected filter type This parameter is preset to the default for each of the predefined filters Filter Clipping Settings Roll Off Factor 0 22 8 Roll Off
176. ch0 DATA ess 168 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 DATA DSELect 169 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 DATA LENGth 170 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 DATA PATTern 170 lt gt 20 lt 510 gt lt gt 170 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0O BURSt ch0 DLUL ARIX 170 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL HARQ Di qon 171 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL HARQ PU 215 18 7 16 M 171 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL HARQ 171 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 DLUL INCLude 172 SOURce shw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 DLUL MPIX 172 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 FFB CWSize 172 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 FFB MODE 173 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 FFB SUBC 173 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 FFB SYMB
177. channel used for ranging allocation No OFDMA symbols Symbols in ranging allocation No Subchannels Subchannels in ranging allocation Ranging method Defined by the Opportunity Size in the Ranging panel For data bursts Duration Burst duration in slots e Repetition coding indication Repetition coding from the More Param panel for each burst Generating a valid UL MAP The following steps are required to generate a valid UL MAP e 1 Switch to uplink mode 2 Define the layout of the uplink zone by setting a number of bursts and specifying the parameters above for each burst e 3 Select Generate UL MAP and save the UL MAP to a file e 4 Switch to downlink mode Ranging Uplink OFDMA e 5 Set one of the downlink bursts to Burst Type UL MAP 6 Open the More Param panel e 7 Select UL MAP File and load the file created before The downlink zone is then transmitting a UL MAP that specifies the uplink structure defined in uplink mode before Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt ULMap CREate on page 205 4 23 Ranging Uplink OFDMA 1 access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA Select Link Direction gt Uplink Select Frame Configuration OFDMA gt Frame Configuration gt Zone Table Select Configure Zone gt Config Select Burst Table Burst Type Ranging Select More Parameters gt Config
178. clock is a sample clock Manual operation See Clock Mode on page 29 SOURce hw BB WIMax CLOCKk MULTiplier lt Multiplier gt Specifies the multiplier for clock type Multiplied BB WIMax CLOCk MODE 1 the case of an external clock source Parameters lt Multiplier gt integer Range 1 to 64 RST 4 5 6 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Example SOURCe1 BB WIMax CLOCk SOURce selects the external clock source SOURce1 BB WIM CLOCk MODE MSAMple selects clock type SOURCe1 BB WIMax CLOCk MULTiplier 12 the multiplier for the external clock rate is 12 Manual operation See Clock Multiplier on page 30 SOURce hw BB WIMax CLOCk SOURce Source Selects the clock source Parameters Source INTernal EGC1 EGC2 ELCLock EXTernal INTernal The instrument uses its internal clock reference EGC1 EGC2 External global clock ELCLock External local clock EXTernal EXTernal Setting only provided for backward compatibility with other R amp S signal generators RST INTernal Example BB WIM CLOC MODE INT selects an internal clock reference Manual operation See Clock Source on page 29 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings The SOURce BB WIMax AOFDm systems contain commands for setting the character istics of signals with OFDMA and OFDMA WiBro physical layer The commands of this system only take effect
179. d Fixed The command restricts the marker delay setting range to the dynamic range In this range the delay can be set without restarting the marker and signal If a delay is entered in setting ON but is outside this range the maximum possible delay is set and an error message is generated Parameters Fixed 0 1 RST OFF Example BB WIM TRIG OUTP DEL FIX restricts the marker signal delay setting range to the dynamic range Manual operation See Marker x Delay on page 28 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt DELay lt Delay gt The command defines the delay between the signal on the marker outputs and the start of the signal expressed in terms of samples Com mand BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut DELay FIXed can be used to restrict the range of values to the dynamic range i e the range within which a delay of the marker signals can be set without restarting the marker and signal Parameters Delay float Range 0 to 16777215 Increment 1E 3 RST 0 Example BB WIM TRIG OUTP DEL 1600 sets a delay of 1600 samples for the corresponding marker sig nal Manual operation See Marker x Delay on page 28 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt DELay MINimum SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt DELay MAXimum The command queries the maximum marker delay for set ting BB WIMax TRIG OUTP DEL FIX ON Return values lt Maximum gt f
180. d File Manager function to transfer external data lists to the instrument See also section Modulation Data in the R amp S SMW user manual e section File and Data Management in the R amp S SMW user manual section Data List Editor the R amp S SMW user manual Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 DATA on page 168 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 DATA PATTern on page 170 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA DSELect on page 169 4 20 DL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA 1 To access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA 2 Select Link Direction gt Downlink DL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA 3 Select Frame Configuration OFDMA gt Frame Configuration gt Zone Table 4 Select Configure Zone gt Config 5 Select Burst Table gt Burst Type gt DL MAP 6 Select More Parameters Config WiMAX A DL MAP Zone 0 Burst 0 DL MAP Mode Auto Repetition Coding Frame Number Offset DCD Count Base Station ID 0000 0000 0000 Include CID SWITCH IE JOn Compressed Map On Append Compressed UL Map On Allocation Start Time Base Subframe Allocation Start Time This dialog contains the parameters required to configure the DL MAP options in OFDMA mode Provided are the following settings
181. d DCD OFDMA on page 90 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap FNOFfset lt FnOffset gt Sets the frame number offset of the DL MAP This value is added to the current frame number of the sequence The result is used as Frame Number in the DL MAP in Auto mode Parameters lt FnOffset gt integer Range 0 to 16777215 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO DLM FNOF 12 sets a frame number offset of 2 frames Manual operation See Frame Number Offset DL MAP OFDMA on page 89 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap IIE STATe State The command includes excludes the CID Switch IE Parameters State 0 1 RST ON Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO DLM IIE STAT ON includes the CID Switch IE to the DL Map Manual operation See Include CID Switch IE OFDMA on page 89 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap MODE Mode The command selects the mode for configuration of the DL map Depending on this setting the above commands are available This command is available in downlink only OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt Mode gt AUTO USER AUTO The DL MAP is filled automatically with parameters specified at different locations USER The DL MAP is filled with data specified under Data Source This enables any arbitrary data to be sent with the DL MAP burst RST AUTO Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO DLM MODE AUTO The DL
182. d with every frame to reflect the changed conditions Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ MSTart STATe on page 175 No Of Slots Available In Burst Displays the remaining number of slots available for the burst The number of slots is defined in the zone configuration panel with No of Subch and No of Symb in the downlink and Duration Slots in the uplink Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0O gt HARQ SLFRee on page 175 Include In SUB DL UL MAP Selects whether a DL MAP IE is included in the specified SUB DL UL MAP message for this burst The default value of this parameter is off One of the three available SUB DL UL MAPs can be selected to carry the DL MAP IE for this burst Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 DLUL INCLude on page 172 4 24 2 HARQ Sub burst Table The parameters in the HARQ sub burst table depend on the selected HARQ mode HARQ Chase Mode HARQ IR Mode HARQ Configuration OFDMA Sub Burst Index Displays the consecutive sub burst index from 0 to 14 All the rows are always displayed even if the sub bursts are inactive They are switched on and off by the selection of No of Sub Bursts above the table The active sub bursts are highlighted Remote command n a Modulation amp Coding Rate for HARQ Chase Mode only
183. des including remote control operation All functions not discussed in this manual are the same as in the base unit and are described in the R amp S SMW user manual The latest version is available for download at the product homepage Installation You can find detailed installation instructions in the delivery of the option or in the R amp S SMW Service Manual Accessing the IEEE 802 16 WiMAX Dialog To open the dialog with IEEE 802 16 WiMAX settings gt In the block diagram of the R amp S SMW select Baseband gt IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A dialog box opens that display the provided general settings Scope The signal generation is not started immediately To start signal generation with the default settings select State gt On 2 2 Scope Tasks in manual or remote operation that are also performed in the base unit in the same way are not described here In particular this includes Managing settings and data lists i e storing and loading settings creating and accessing data lists accessing files in a particular directory etc e Information on regular trigger marker and clock signals as well as filter settings if appropriate General instrument configuration such as checking the system configuration con figuring networks and remote operation Using the common status registers For a description of such tasks see the R amp S SMW user manual 3 About the IEEE 802 16 WiMAX Option This section g
184. dialog is changed this parameter is reset to the chosen sampling rate Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SRATe VARiation on page 132 Filter Clipping Settings 4 29 2 Clipping Settings Toaccess this dialog select Clipping IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Filter Clipping ARB Settings State Clipping Level Clipping Mode Vector i jq This dialog comprises the settings for clipping Provided are the following settings Clipping State Switches baseband clipping on and off Baseband clipping is a very simple and effective way of reducing the crest factor of the signal Since clipping is done prior to filtering the procedure does not influence the spectrum The EVM however increases Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax CLIPping STATe on page 128 Clipping Level Sets the limit for clipping This value indicates at what point the signal is clipped It is specified as a percentage relative to the highest level 100 indicates that clipping does not take place Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax CLIPping LEVel on page 127 Clipping Mode Selects the clipping method A graphic illustration of the way in which these two meth ods work is given in the dialog Vector i The limit is related to the amplitude i q The and components are mapped together the angle is retained e Scalar i q Filter Clipping Settings The limit is related to the
185. e DL Map Manual operation See Append Compressed UL Map OFDMA on page 90 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap DATA DCD COUNt lt Count gt The command sets the DCD Count This value is used for the corresponding DL MAP field in Auto mode This command is available in downlink only and for DL MAP Mode Auto BB WIM AOFD ZONE DLM MODE AUTO Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 0 to 255 RST 0 Example BB WIM ZONE AOFD DLM DCD 2 sets the DCD count to 2 Manual operation See DCD Count DL MAP OFDMA on page 89 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap DCD CID Cid The command enters the value for the DCD CID This CID connection control identi fier is independent from the DL Map CID and is only used for the DCD message Parameters Cid integer Range 0 to HFFFF RST ZHFFFF Default unit s Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO DLM DCD CID H456 enters the value for the DCD CID Manual operation See DCD CID OFDMA on page 90 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap DCD STATe State The command activates deactivates that the DCD is appended to the DL MAP The DCD message carries its own MAC header and CRC but is included within the DL MAP burst OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO DLM DCD STAT ON appends the DCD to the DL Map Manual operation See Appen
186. eactivates the randomizer applied before channel coding Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 CCODing RANDomizer on page 167 FEC Activates or deactivates the FEC Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing FEC on page 166 Interleaver Activates or deactivates the interleaver state Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing INTerleaver on page 167 Repetition Coding Activates repetition coding by specifying any value other than 0 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing REPCoding on page 168 Include In SUB DL UL MAP Selects whether a DL MAP IE is included in the specified SUB DL UL MAP message for this burst The default value of this parameter is off One of the three available SUB DL UL MAPs can be selected to carry the DL MAP IE for this burst Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL INCLude on page 172 Allocation Start Time Base Selects the Allocation Start Time base The Allocation Start Time field of the UL MAP specifies the start of the uplink subframe When Start Time Base is set to DL Subframe End the Allocation Start Time of the UL MAP is set to the end of the downlink subframe Allocation Start Time parameter set below When
187. ects the Armed_Retrigger mode SOUR BB WIM TRIG RMOD queries the current status of signal generation Response RUN the signal is generated an external trigger was executed Usage Query only Manual operation See Running Stopped on page 22 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger SLENgth lt SLength gt Defines the length of the signal sequence to be output in the Single trigger mode SOUR BB WIMax SEQ SING Parameters lt SLength gt integer Range 1 to INT_MAX RST 1 BB WIM SEQ SING sets trigger mode Single SOUR BB WIMax TRIG SLUNit CHIP sets the unit BB WIM TRIG SLEN 200 sets a sequence length of 200 chips The first 200 chips of the current frame will be output after the next trigger event Manual operation See Trigger Signal Duration on page 22 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger SLUNit lt S Unit gt The command defines the unit for the entry of the length of the signal sequence SOUR BB WIMax TRIG SLEN to be output in the Single trigger mode SOUR BB WIMax SEQ SING Trigger Settings Parameters lt S Unit gt FRAMe CHIP SEQuence FRAMe Unit Frame A single frame is generated after a trigger event CHIP Unit Chip A single chip is generated after a trigger event SEQuence Unit Sequence Length A single sequence is generated after a trigger event RST SEQuence Example SOUR BB WIM SEQ SING sets trigger mode Single SOU
188. ed sounding allocations are specified with th commands SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID FBAN COUN and SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID FBAN STAR AMC AMCA Band Bitmap pattern set with the command SOUR BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID BBIT determines the frequencies to be sent RST NORMal Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN AMOD AMC sets AMC allocation mode OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Manual operation See Allocation Mode OFDMA on page 70 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID COUNt Count The command sets the total number of CIDs Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 1 to 16 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 COUN 1 sets the number of total CIDs to 1 Manual operation See Total Number Of CIDs OFDMA on page 70 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt BBITmap lt BBitmap gt only for Sounding Type A and Band AMC Allocation Mode Sets the logical band bitmap of the corresponding CID 1 enables sounding transmission the corresponding logical band a 0 disables it The right most bit LSB corresponds to logical band 0 the lowest frequency subcar riers Parameters lt BBitmap gt integer RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN CID5 BBIT HFFE 12 sets band bitmap for CID15 Manual operation See Band Bitmap OFDMA on page 73 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch
189. ee consecutive ranging codes are transmitted in three symbols Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt RANGing OPPortunity SIZE on page 191 No Of Opportunity Slots The number of opportunity slots defines the length of the ranging allocation Length of Ranging Allocation OpportunitySize NoOfOpportunitySlots OFDMA sym bols Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt RANGing OPPortunity SLOTcount on page 192 No Of Subchannel Groups Sets the number of subchannel groups used in the ranging allocation In PUSC mode 6 subchannels form one subchannel group Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt RANGing SCGCount on page 192 No Of Allocated Codes Displays the number of allocated codes The number of codes is NoOfOpportunity Slots NoOfSubchannelGroups Consecutive codes of opportunity sizes 3 and 4 are not taken into account Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt RANGing ACODe on page 191 HARQ Configuration OFDMA This dialog provides all parameters to configure the HARQ options in OFDMA mode The selected HARQ mode determines the parameters available in the HARQ sub burst table To access this dialog 1 Select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA 4 24 1 HARQ Configuration OFDMA 2 Se
190. eets IEEE Std 802 167 2004 Cor2 D4 and 802 16e 2005 Physical layer modes OFDM OFDMA OFDMA WiBro Link direction forward link and reverse link Frame durations 2 2 5 4 5 8 10 12 5 20 ms continuous user definable Sequence length 1 511 frames depending on frame duration Clipping Vector or scalar clipping applied before filtering Marker modes Restart frame start frame active part pulse pat tern on off ratio Parameters in OFDM Mode Duplexing TDD FDD Predefined frames Short mid and long length test messages for testing receivers with all modulation types and RS CC rates Digital standard 802 16 2004 meets IEEE Std 802 16 2004 Cor2 D4 and 802 16e 2005 Level reference FCH Burst or preamble level Frequency bands ETSI MMDS WCS U NII User Channel bandwidth 1 25 30 MHz depending on selected frequency band Sampling rate 1 5 32 MHz depending on channel bandwidth Tg Tb settings 1 4 1 8 1 16 1 32 FFT size 256 fixed Nr Of possible subchannels in subchannelization 1 2 4 8 16 all mode Nr Of bursts per frame 0 64 Preamble midamble modes Burst preamble midambles off burst preamble in downlink midamble repetition 5 9 or 17 in uplink Modulation amp RS CC rates BPSK QPSK 75 QPSK 74 16 QAM 75 16 QAM 34 64 QAM 2 3 64 QAM 34 Data all O all 1 pattern up to 64 bit PN 9 to PN 23
191. eference The command selects the level reference OFDM Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt Reference gt BURSt PREamble BURSt The instrument s level setting refers to the mean power of FCH or bursts with a burst power setting of 0 dB To obtain the abso lute burst power value the burst power value has to be added to the level value PREamble The instrument s level setting refers to the preamble which is FCH Burst power 3dB RST BURSt Example BB WIM OFDM POW REF BURS the instruments level setting refers to the mean power of FCH or bursts with a burst power setting of 0 dB Manual operation See Power Reference on page 32 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM PREamble MODE Mode The command activates deactivates the generation of a frame preamble Either a long preamble or a short preamble can be activated The 802 16 standard requires a long preamble as frame start in the downlink Parameters lt Mode gt OFF LONG SHORt RST LONG Example BB WIM OFDM PRE MODE SHOR enables generation of a short preamble for the frame Manual operation See Frame Preamble OFDM on page 35 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM SRATe lt SRate gt The command sets the sampling rate The sampling rate is related to the channel bandwidth by the parameter n SamplingRate floor n ChannelBandwidth 8000 8000 Downlink The value range depends on the selected frequency band command
192. elay OFDMA 2 16 Cyclic Shift Index ere etre veces nies 73 D Bri 38 66 86 Data inser 37 64 103 Data Length of PDUs 83 Data List 187 Da talist Management eterne 63 Data Source eeu 186 Data Source PDU OFDMA 84 DCD CID m ME b 201 Decimation OFDMA 71 162 Decimation 74 Decimation Offset Randomization OFDMA 71 162 Dedicated Pilots OFDMA 62 BICI e E 16 Delay es cesesvesansaateusespeadesccaaeseslsnacevecageneusesteeraema ricer 28 MIGGS 25 BIET c 139 Disable ACK 105 176 Display Range OFDMA eene rns 58 Bos 39 78 92 108 DL HARQ ACK Offset sese 109 DL PermBase OFDMA 71 DL MAP Base Station ID 89 DL MAP DCD Count 89 Documentation overview 7 Downlink 20 123 Downlink Subframe Duration 31 126 Dump Input Data for Bursts to Files
193. elect the burst type from Data DL MAP UL MAP or Ranging DATA Regular bursts are called Data bursts All data sources are available for this type of burst Frame Configuration OFDM DL MAP A DL MAP is generated taking into account all active bursts The DL MAP fields are filled with the following parameters DCD COUNT Set to Configuration Change Count from the FCH panel Base Station ID Set to BSID from the Frame Configuration panel e CID Set to CID from the MAC header panel for each burst e DIUC Set to DIUC from the burst table for each burst Preamble present Set to 1 if a burst preamble is present e Start Time Set to burst start time in OFDM symbols relative to frame start UL MAP A UL MAP is generated using the specified data list including addi tional parameters from the More Param panel SeeGenerate UL MAP for more information on how to create UL MAP bursts Ranging An uplink ranging burst is composed of a long preamble following two subchannelized preambles using one active subchannel The sub channel index for the two preambles is read from the configured data Source For each frame 4 bits are read from the data source called data which define the subchannel index as follows Index data 2 1 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 TYPE on page 215 More Parameter OFDM WiMAX Accesses the dialog for configuring additional parameters
194. elects the subchannel index in subchannelization mode The subchannel index determines the set of used subcarriers according to table 213 of IEEE 802 16 2004 standard Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM SUBChannel INDex on page 223 Frame Preamble OFDM Activates the generation of a frame preamble Either a long preamble or a short pream ble can be activated The 802 16 standard requires a long preamble as frame start Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM PREamble MODE on page 222 Frame Number OFDM Selects the frame number of the uplink frame in which the UL map that specifies the uplink burst was transmitted Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FRAMe NUMBer page 221 4 7 2 Frame Configuration OFDM Configure FCH OFDM Accesses the dialog for configuring FCH mode and parameters see chapter 4 8 FCH Configuration Downlink OFDM on page 43 Remote command n a Generate UL MAP Accesses the dialog for generating the UL Map see chapter 4 11 UL MAP Configura tion Downlink OFDM on page 48 Remote command n a Burst Table Toaccess this dialog select Burst Table IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Frame Configuration OFDM The dialog contains the parameters of the individual bursts Up to 64 bursts can be configured per frame Each table row defines the settings of one specific burst where the first row defines the first burst of the fra
195. en inuasit atia nnn abun 7 Conventions Used in the Documentation eee 9 Typographical Conventions coacto terii aeta tee petebat ie 9 Conventions for Procedure 9 Notes Screenshots ss 9 Welcome to the IEEE 802 16 WiMAX Digital Standard 10 Accessing the IEEE 802 16 WiMAX Dialog eene 10 oto o e AE E 11 About the IEEE 802 16 WiMAX 12 WiMAX Configuration and 65 4 4 22 1 15 General Settings for WIMAX Signals eee nne 15 Trigger Settings oriente eren ii enu acento annua teens scene 20 Marker S ttinS cicc icccccceecctcested cccesssted inerant nana sae kun Rina 25 Clock S 28 Local and Global Connector Settings 30 Frame Configuration General Settings eene enn 30 Frame Configuration nnne nnne nnn nennen nnn nnns 32 Frame Configuration Common 33 Burst E lo D 36 Frame Burst Graph OFDM 40 Acti
196. epends on the selected burst type Remote command n a Conflict OFDMA Indicates a conflict between the settings of the bursts Conflicts can occur if subchannel and symbol offsets are set manually and two or more bursts overlap Bursts can also overlap with the FCH or DL MAP The position of FCH and DL MAP is fixed and cannot be changed In uplink mode a conflict is also indica ted for bursts that do not fit into the available zone space and are therefore omitted Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 CONFlict STATe on page 168 4 15 3 Time Plan OFDMA gt access this dialog select Time Plan IEEE 802 16 WiMAX OFDMA Zone 0 OFDMA Symbol Number 2 3 z 2 gt a E c 23 a 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 604 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 UL MAP Time ms View Mode Zone Index The dialog is a graphical display of the OFDMA Time Plan 4 16 Sounding Zone Configuration OFDMA 1 access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA Sounding Zone Configuration OFDMA 2 Select Frame Configuration OFDMA gt Frame Configuration gt Zone Table 3 Select Zone Type gt Sounding 4 Select Configure Zone gt Config 4 16 1 OFDMA Sounding Zone Settings Select
197. ernal trigger source executes trigger manually Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger EXECute on page 133 Trigger Source Trigger Settings Common to All Basebands The following sources of the trigger signal are available Internal The trigger event is executed manually by the Execute Trigger Internal Baseband A B The trigger event is provided by the trigger signal from the other basebands If common trigger settings are applied this trigger source is disabled External Global Trigger 1 2 The trigger event is the active edge of an external trigger signal provided and con figured at the global USER connectors External Global Clock 1 2 The trigger event is the active edge of an external global clock signal provided and configured at the global USER connectors e External Local Trigger The trigger event is the active edge of an external trigger signal provided and con figured at the local T M C connector With coupled trigger settings the signal has to be provided at the T M C 1 2 3 con nectors External Local Clock The trigger event is the active edge of an external local clock signal provided and configured at the local T M C connector With coupled trigger settings the signal has to be provided at the T M C 1 connec tor Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger SOURce on page 136 Sync Output to External Trigger Trigger Settings Common to All Ba
198. es with the file extension wimax will be deleted Setting parameters Filename string Example BB WIM SETT DEL ofdm deletes file o dm Usage Setting only Manual operation See Save Recall on page 18 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SETTing LOAD Filename This command loads the selected file with IEEE 802 16 WiMAX settings The directory is set using command MMEM CDIRectory A path can also be specified in which case the files in the specified directory are read The file extension may be omitted Only files with the file extension wimax will be loaded Setting parameters Filename string Example BB WIM SETT LOAD ofdm loads file o dm General Commands Usage Setting only Manual operation See Save Recall on page 18 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SETTing STORe Filename This command stores the current IEE 802 16 WIMAX settings into the selected file The directory is set using command MMEM CDIRec tory A path can also be specified in which case the files in the specified directory are read Only the file name has to be entered IEE 802 16 WIMAX settings are stored as files with the specific file extensions wimax Setting parameters lt Filename gt string Example BB WIM SETT STOR ofdm tdd stores the current settings into file ofdm_tdd Usage Setting only Manual operation See Save Recall on page 18 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SLENgth
199. eters to configure the SUB MAP options in OFDMA mode Provided are the following settings SUB DL UL MAP Index Displays the number of the SUB DL UL MAP message Altogether up to three SUB DL UL MAP messages can be enabled for all zones The SUB DL UL MAP Index is a consecutive number that is assigned for each configured SUB DL UL MAP message Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL MPIX on page 172 DIUC OFDMA Sets the specific DIUC In DL MAP mode Auto the DIUC of each burst is included in the DL MAP Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 DIUC on page 170 HARQ ACK Offset Indicator Enables disables the inclusion of HARQ offsets Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL HARQ ACKoffset INDicator on page 171 MAC Header Configuration OFDMA DL HARQ ACK Offset Sets the ACK channel that corresponds to the first HARQ enabled DL burst specified in this map message Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL HARQ ACKoffset DL on page 171 UL HARQ ACK Offset DL HARQ ACK Offset Sets the ACK bit index in the DL HARQ ACK that corresponds to the first HARQ enabled UL burst specified in this map message Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 DLUL HARQ ACKoffset U
200. ets the UL HARQ ACK offset OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Manual operation See UL HARQ ACK Offset on page 109 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL INCLude lt Include gt Selects whether a DL MAP IE is included in the specified SUB DL UL MAP message for this burst The default value of this parameter is off One of the three available SUB DL UL MAPs can be selected to carry the DL MAP IE for this burst Parameters lt Include gt OFF INC1 INC2 INC3 RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 BURS2 DLUL INCL INC2 the DL MAP IE will be included in the second SUB DL UL MAP message Manual operation See Include In SUB DL UL MAP on page 80 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDn ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt DLUL MPIX Queries the number of the SUB DL UL MAP message Altogether up to three SUB DL UL MAP messages can be enabled for all zones The SUB DL UL MAP Index is a consecutive number that is assigned for each configured SUB DL UL MAP message Return values lt gt integer Range 1 to 3 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE1 80852 DLUL MPIX queries the consecutive number of the SUB DL UL MAP mes sage Response 2 Usage Query only Manual operation See SUB DL UL MAP Index on page 108 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt FFB CWSize Queries the codeword size Return values lt CwSize gt integer Ran
201. external frame trigger Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FRAMe BURSt DELay on page 122 Sequence Length Sets the sequence length of the signal in number of frames The signal is calculated in advance and output in the arbitrary waveform generator Burst data sources are contin uously read over the whole sequence length Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SLENgth on page 125 Predefined Frames Selects the frame type Test Message BPSK 1 2 Short Test Message BPSK 1 2 Mid OFDM only Predefined setups for receiver test messages according to IEEE 802 16 2004 section 8 3 11 4 7 Frame Configuration OFDM Downlink Uplink 35MHz QPSK 1 2 Downlink Uplink 35MHz QPSK 3 4 OFDMA OFDMA WiBro only Predefined setups for receiver test messages The available prede fined frames depend on the selected link direction User The settings for the frame can be defined by the user Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM PREDefined on page 220 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm FRAMe PREDefined on page 149 Power Reference Selects the power reference FCH Burst The instrument s level setting refers to the mean power of FCH OFDM only Frame Control Header or bursts with a burst power setting of 0 dB To obtain the absolute burst power value the burst power value has to be added to the level value Preamble OFDM uplink and downlink OFDMA OFDMA
202. fferent locations The following list shows the mapping that applies in Auto mode e Base_Station_ID Set to the BSID value specified in the frame configuration dialog Frame Number Set to the current frame number modulo 16 The first frame of the generated sequence has the number specified in Frame Number Offset below For the following frames this number will increase by 1 per frame Configuration Change Count Set to the value specified below Rate ID The Rate ID parameter of the first burst is set according to its modulation setting e DIUC The DIUC value for the second third and fourth burst is taken from the DIUC value in the burst table Preamble Present Set to 1 when the burst preamble is activated for the correspond ing burst Length Set to the calculated number of symbols of the corresponding burst e HCS The Header Check Sequence is automatically calculated User In User mode the FCH is filled with data specified under Data Source This enables any arbitrary data to be sent with the FCH burst Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FCH MODE on page 219 Frame Number Offset FCH OFDM Sets the frame number offset This value is added to the current frame number of the sequence After modulo 16 divi sion the result is used as Frame_Number in the FCH in Auto mode and is also used to initialize the randomizers Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FCH FNOFfset on
203. g requires a PUSC zone HARQ A HARQ burst is generated See HARQ Configuration OFDMA for more information on how to create HARQ bursts Fast Feedback A fast feedback burst is generated See Fast Feedback Configuration OFDMA for more information on how to create fast feedback bursts The burst type Fast Feedback requires a PUSC zone DCD A regular data burst containing a DCD message is generated The DCD message specifies a downlink burst profile for each DIUC value that is being used in the zone configuration UCD A regular data burst containing a UCD message is generated The UCD message specifies an uplink burst profile for each UIUC value that is being used in the zone configuration SUB MAP A SUB DL UL MAP message is generated Altogether up to three SUB DL UL MAP messages can be enabled for all zones The SUB DL UL MAP message additional parameters can be config ured in the SUB DL UL MAP Configuration OFDMA dialog reached from the More Param panel For each Data UL MAP HARQ DCD or UCD burst inclusion into one of the three available SUB DL UL MAPs can be activated In this case the corresponding map carries a DL MAP IE specifying the position of the included burst Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 TYPE on page 193 More Parameter OFDMA Accesses the dialog for configuring additional parameters for the bursts Sounding Zone Configuration OFDMA The dialog d
204. ge 0 to DBL_MAX RST 0 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 FFB CWS queries the codeword size Usage Query only Manual operation See Codeword Size on page 106 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt FFB MODE lt Mode gt The command selects the fast feedback mode Parameters lt Mode gt NORMal ENHanced ENHMimo ACK RST NORMal Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 FFB MODE NORM selects the fast feedback mode normal Manual operation See Fast Feedback Mode on page 106 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt FFB SUBC lt Subc gt Sets the number of subchannels Parameters lt Subc gt integer Range 1 to DBL_MAX RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 FFB SUBC 25 sets the number of subchannels to 25 Manual operation See No Of Subchannels on page 107 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt FFB SYMB lt Symb gt The command sets the number of symbols Parameters lt Symb gt float Range 3 to MAX Increment 3 RST 3 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 FFB SYMB 6 sets the number of symbols to 6 Manual operation See No Of Symbols on page 107 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt FORMat Format Selects the modulation and channel coding rate
205. gical sub channels are mapped to physical before display In uplink mode the data subchannel rotation is not displayed Subframe The display range is zoomed to the subframe of the corresponding link direction Zone The display range is zoomed to the selected zone index The y axis shows the logical subchannels of the zone segment Remote command n a Time Plan Zone Index OFDMA Selects the zone index to be displayed Zone Configuration OFDMA This feature is only available if Zone is selected in the View Mode field Remote command n a 4 15 Zone Configuration OFDMA 1 To access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA 2 Select Frame Configuration OFDMA Frame Configuration Zone Table 3 Select Configure Zone gt Config 4 15 1 OFDMA Common Zone Settings Select Common IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDMA Zone 0 X Space Time Coding Mode on ntn hr Generate UL MAP ooo da E This dialog contains the common parameters required for zone configuration Provided are the following settings Subcarrier Randomization OFDMA Activates or deactivates the subcarrier randomization Subcarrier randomization is per formed after PUSC FUSC AMC permutation and before IFFT conversion Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SCARrier RANDomizer on page 157 Subchannel Rotation OFDMA Available for zone type
206. gments must not overlap Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt NUMBer on page 156 Zone Type OFDMA Selects the type of subcarrier permutation for the zone Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO on page 205 Frame Configuration OFDMA Segment OFDMA Selects the segment of the zone index Multiple segments within one zone can be con figured by setting the same zone number and configuring different segment numbers for each zone index The activated subchannels must not overlap between the seg ments of one zone Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SEGMent page 157 No Of Symbols OFDMA Sets the zone length in number of symbols Zones with identical zone number have the same length as they overlap in time Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SYMBol COUNt on 166 Auto OFDMA Activates or deactivates automatic zone length In auto mode the number of symbols in the zone is derived from the configured bursts such that all bursts fit into the zone except if the frame duration is exceeded Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SYMBol COUNt AUTO on page 166 Offset Symbol OFDMA Displays the symbol offset of the zone Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SYMBol OFFSet on 166 PermBase OFDMA
207. gt lt gt 184 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 OFFSet SUBChannel 185 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 OFFSet SYMBoOl sss 185 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PDU COUNt eene 185 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PDU STATe see 186 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PDU dir0 DATA esee 186 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PDU dir0 DATA DSELect 187 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PDU dir0 DATA PATTern 187 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PDU dir0 DLENgth 187 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PDU dir0 MAC CRC STATe 188 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PDU dir0 MAC EKS 188 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC ENCRypted STATe 188 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PDU dir0 MAC STATe 189 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE st0 BURSt ch0 PDU dir0 MAC TYPE 189 SOURce hw BB WIMax A
208. gt The command selects the ratio of guard period to symbol period This value sets the length of the cyclic prefix in fractions of the symbol period Parameters lt Tgtb gt TGTB1D4 TGTB1D8 TGTB1D16 TGTB1D32 RST TGTB1D4 Example BB WIM AOFD TGTB TGTB1D8 sets a ratio of 1 to 8 Manual operation See Tg Tb Ratio OFDMA on page 55 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE COUNt Count The command sets the number of active zones in one frame The burst configuration is performed for each zone separately Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 1 to 8 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE COUN 2 two zones are defined Manual operation See Number of Zones Segments OFDMA on page 54 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt AMC BITMap PATTern Pattern Sets the AMC physical bands bitmap pattern in hexadecimal input format The LSB right most bit corresponds to physical band 0 the lowest frequency OFDMA subcarriers Deactivated bits in this pattern deactivate the corresponding bands they will not be used for allocating bursts Parameters lt Pattern gt 48 bits Range H000000000000 48 to HFFFFFFFFFFFF 48 RST HFFFFFFFFFFFF 48 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO AMC BITM STAT ON enables Band AMC mode SOUR BB WIM AOFD 0 AMC BITM PATT HOFLOFFFFOOOO 48 sets the AMC physical bands bitmap pattern Manual operation See Physical Bands
209. gt 0 1 OFF ON RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO PILD ON activates dedicted pilot symbols for the specified zone Manual operation See Dedicated Pilots OFDMA on page 62 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt PRBSid lt Prbsid gt Selects the PRBS_ID of the zone Parameters lt Prbsid gt integer Range 0 to 3 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO PRBS 2 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Manual operation See PRBS ID OFDMA on 57 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SCARrier RANDomizer lt Randomizer gt The command activates deactivates the subcarrier redomization for OFDMA configu rations Parameters lt Randomizer gt 0 1 OFF RST ON Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO SCAR RAND OFF deactivates the subcarrier randomization Manual operation See Subcarrier Randomization OFDMA on page 59 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SEGMent Segment Selects the zone segment for OFDMA configurations Parameters lt Segment gt integer Range 0 to 2 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SEGM 1 selects one segment for zone 1 Manual operation See Segment OFDMA on page 57 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding AMODe lt AMode gt only for Sounding Type A Selects the frequency allocation mode for sounding CIDs Parameters lt AMode gt NORMal AMC NORMal us
210. gt OFFTime on page 140 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt MODE on page 140 Rise Offset Sets the value for the rise offset The rising ramp of the marker is shifted by the set value in samples Positive values shift the rising ramp to later positions negative val ues shift it to earlier positions The value range is 64000 to 64000 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt ROFFset on page 140 Fall Offset Sets the value for the fall offset The falling ramp of the marker is shifted by the set value in samples Positive values shift the falling ramp to later positions negative val ues shift it to earlier positions Clock Settings The value range is 64000 to 64000 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt FOFFset on page 140 Marker x Delay Defines the delay between the marker signal at the marker outputs relative to the sig nal generation start Marker x For the corresponding marker sets the delay as a number of sym bols Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt DELay on page 139 Current Range without Recalculation Displays the dynamic range within which the delay of the marker sig nals can be set without restarting the marker and the signal Move the setting mark to define the delay Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut ch D
211. h OFDM on page 34 OFDM Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FBANd lt FBand gt Selects the available frequency band for the carrier frequencies Parameters lt FBand gt Example Manual operation ETSI MMDS WCS UNII USER see SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm FBANd on page 148 RST ETSI BB WIM OFDM FBAN ETSI selects frequency band according to ETSI specifications See Frequency Band OFDM on page 33 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM FCH CCC lt Ccc gt Sets the configuration change count value This value is used for the corresponding FCH field in Auto mode SOURce BB WIMax OFDM FCH MODE AUTO Parameters Ccc Example Manual operation integer Range 0 to 255 RST 0 BB WIM OFDM FCH CCC 4 sets configuration change count value to 4 See Configuration Change Count FCH OFDM on page 44 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FCH DATA Data The command specifies the data source in User mode SOURce BB WIMax selected data source Parameters Data OFDM FCH MODE AUTO The FCH contents are filled from the PN9 PN11 PN15 PN16 PN20 PN21 PN23 DLISt ZERO ONE PATTern PNxx The pseudo random sequence generator is used as the data source Different random sequence lengths can be selected DLISt A data list is used The data list is selected with the com mand BB WIMax OFDM FCH DATA DSELect ZERO ONE Interna
212. h0 gt CDELay lt dir0 gt on page 154 Liner Gain OFDMA Sets a linear gain factor for the corresponding tap The gain factors are applied to the symbols before summation fo all taps Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt CSTD lt ch0 gt GAIN lt dir0 gt on page 154 Data Configuration OFDMA 4 18 Data Configuration OFDMA This dialog provides all parameters to configure the data in OFDMA mode To access the data configuration settings 1 Select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA 2 Select Frame Configuration OFDMA gt Frame Configuration gt Zone Table 3 Select Configure Zone gt Config 4 Select Burst Table gt Burst Type gt Data 5 Select More Parameters gt Config Data Configuration OFDMA 4 18 1 OFDMA Data Configuration Settings gt access this dialog proceed as described in To access the data configuration settings on page 77 WiMAX A OFDMA Zone0 Burst0 iple PDUs Off T R 0 CID hex Configure MAC Channel Coding This dialog contains the parameters required to configure the data options in OFDMA mode Provided are the following settings DIUC OFDMA Sets the specific DIUC In DL MAP mode Auto the DIUC of each burst is included in the DL MAP Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 DIUC on page 170 Data Conf
213. hich case the UL map files in the specified directory are read The file are stored with the extension This command is available in uplink only Setting parameters Filename string Example BB WIM OFDM ULM CRE ul map zonel saves the current UL map to the file u1 map zonel Usage Setting only Manual operation See Save UL MAP Data OFDM on page 46 List of Commands SOURceshw BB WIMax AOFDm BW ecciesie tette hinh cert ke rrr pn cerae Rent SOURCeshw BB WIMaX AOFDm FBANG ra pci a SOURceshw5 BB WIMax AOF DM FF T tri nee tire RR REESE SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm FRAMe PREDefined essent SOURceshw T BB WIMax AGOFDm lDGell 5 2 ern xp ha au nx hene oe veu M NIRE 5 lt gt 1 5 lt gt 4 lt gt akian lt gt SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AQFDM SRA onera a
214. his section focuses on the available settings For information on how these settings affect the signal refer to section Basics on in the R amp S SMW user manual gt To access this dialog select Baseband gt IEEE 802 16 WiMAX gt Trigger In Trigger Settings IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Local Connector Settings Global Connector Settings This dialog comprises the settings required for configuring the trigger signal Routing and Enabling a Trigger o The provided trigger signals are not dedicated to a particular connector but can be mapped to one or more globally shared USER or local T M C connectors Use the Local and Global Connector Settings to configure the signal mapping as well as the polarity the trigger threshold and the input impedance of the input connectors To route and enable a trigger signal perform the following general steps Define the signal source and the effect of a trigger event i e select the Trigger In gt Mode and Trigger In gt Source Define the connector USER or T M C the selected signal is provided at i e con figure the Local and Global Connector Settings Trigger Settings Common to All Basebands To enable simultaneous signal generation in all basebands the R amp S SMW couples the trigger settings in the available basebands in any instrument s configuration involving signal routing with signal addition e g MIMO configuration routing and summing of
215. hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DLENgth m SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 DLMap AMODe seen 210 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 DLMap ATIMe essen 210 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 DLMap DCD STATe esses 210 5 lt gt 0 gt 5 1 210 5 lt gt lt gt 5 211 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 FORMat esses 211 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt GAP SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 MAC CID sessi 212 5 lt gt lt 0 gt 5 2 212 5 lt gt lt 0 gt 5 212 5 lt gt lt gt 5 212 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 MAC STATe sse 213 5 lt gt lt 0 gt 213 5 lt gt 0 gt
216. if the OFDMA physical layer mode is selected SOURCe BB WIMax MODE AOFDMa or SOURCe BB WIMax MODE WIBRO In case of remote control suffix counting for bursts corresponds to the suffix counting with WiMAX starting with burst 0 SCPI prescribes that suffix 1 is the default state and used when no specific suffix is specified Therefore burst 1 and not burst 0 is selected when no suffix is specified OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURCe hw BBNIMaxIAOEDEBW uiua id 147 5 lt gt 148 5 lt gt 1 1 42 1 148 lt gt 149 SOURcexhw EBB WIMax AOFDm IDQGell 5 2 5 2 222222222222 aaarnas aee aude Rad 150 L SOURce shw IBBAVIMax AOF DmiN icr tnu ti ERR A aia 150 56 lt gt 150 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm PREamble INDex eese eene 151 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm PREamble INDex MODE eee 151 5 lt gt 5 2222 0 1 0 212
217. iguration OFDMA UIUC OFDMA available in uplink direction Sets the specific UIUC The UIUC is used for the UL MAP if generated Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt lt ch0 gt UIUC on page 195 Multiple PDUs OFDMA Enables disables configuration of multiple PDUs If this parameter is enabled multiple PDUS each with own MAC header and CRC are available within one burst see PDU Table Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 PDU STATe on page 186 No Of PDUs OFDMA Available for enabled parameter Multiple PDUs only Sets the number of PDUs in the burst Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 PDU COUNC on page 185 MAC CID The command sets the CID connection control identifier of the medium access con trol layer MAC The CID identifies a connection to equivalent peers in the MAC of the base station and subscriber station This parameter is identical to the CID set in the MAC Header settings Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 MAC CID on page 182 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt MAC CID on page 179 Configure MAC Available for disabled parameter Multiple PDUs only Accesses the dialog for configuring the MAC header panel for the selected burst see MAC Header Configuration OFDMA Re
218. ile name without the path and the file extension Parameters lt DSelect gt string Example Manual operation OFDM Physical Layer Settings BB WIM OFDM BURS DATA DLIS selects the Data Lists data source MMEM CDIR var user temp Lists selects the directory for the data lists BB WIM OFDM BURS DATA DLIS wimax listl selects wimax list1 as the data source This file must be in the directory and must have the file extension dm See Data Source OFDM on page 38 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA PATTern Pattern Sets the bit pattern for the PATTern selection The maximum length is 64 bits Parameters Pattern Example Manual operation 64 bits Range B0 1 to B111 1 64 RST B0 1 BB WIM OFDM BURS DATA PATT H3F 8 defines the bit pattern See Data Source OFDM on page 38 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax O0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DIUC lt Diuc gt Sets the specific interval usage code Parameters lt Diuc gt Example Manual operation integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 BB WIM OFDM BURS2 DIUC 12 sets Interval Usage Code12 for burst 2 See DIUC OFDM on page 39 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DLENgth lt DLength gt The command sets the data length in bytes Parameters lt DLength gt Example Manual operation integer Range 0 to 3E4 RST 100 BB WIM OFDM BURS DLEN 256 sets a data
219. ing DELete e tnter tre cen tnter tet nnns SOURceshw EBB WIMax SETTing EOAD 2 tertie neta ESOURceshw BB WIMax SE MINGS TORE terea E AEE SOURceshw EBB WIMax SbENglh rtr tern terrre tet terr eere t nnt SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SRATe VARiation R SOURceshw BB WIMax SUBFrame TIME eintreten n tn tr re ena lt gt 133 ESOURceshw2 BB WIMax TRIGGER EXE GUIG oneri parre e pei rore rrt x cH er D RYE sa e 133 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger EXTernal SYNChronize OUTPut essen 134 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger 0BASeband DELay SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger 0BASeband INHibit lt gt 2 139 lt gt gt 139 lt gt gt 139 lt gt gt 13
220. ion uplink Parameters lt gt float Range us to 1 000 000 us Increment 1 us RST 1000 us Default unit s Example BB WIM LINK UP sets transmission direction uplink BB WIM OFDM BURS2 GAP 0 003 sets the gap between burst 2 and 3 to 3 ms OFDM Physical Layer Settings Manual operation See Gap OFDM on page 40 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC CID Cid Sets the CID connection control identifier of the medium access control layer MAC Parameters lt Cid gt integer Range 0 to HFFFF RST 0 Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 MAC CID HE7 sets the CID for burst 2 to 231 Manual operation See MAC CID on page 50 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC CRC STATe State The command activates deactivates the checksum determination The state of the CRC can be set independently of the state of MAC header generation Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST OFF Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 MAC CRC STAT ON activates the checksum determination for burst 2 Manual operation See CRC State on page 51 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC EKS lt Eks gt Sets the EKS encryption key sequence value in the MAC header The payload encryption itself is not performed by the signal generator Parameters lt Eks gt integer Range 0 to 3 RST 0 Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 MAC ENCR STAT ON enables payload encryption BB WIM OFDM BURS2
221. ipping Mode on page 118 SOURce hw BB WIMax CLIPping STATe State The command activates level clipping Clipping The value is defined with the com mand SOURce BB WIMax CLIPping LEVel the mode of calculation with the command SOURce BB WIMax CLIPping MODE Parameters State 0 1 OFF ON RST OFF Example BB WIM CLIP STAT ON activates level clipping Manual operation See Clipping State on page 118 Filter Clipping Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer TYPE lt Type gt The command selects the filter type Parameters lt Type gt RCOSine COSine GAUSs LGAuss CONE COF705 COEQualizer COFequalizer C2K3x APCO25 SPHase RECTangle PGAuss LPASs DIRac ENPShape EWPShape LPASSEVM RST GAUSs Example BB WIM FILT TYPE RCOS sets the filter type root cosine Manual operation See Filter on page 115 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer MODE Mode Sets the filter mode Parameters lt Mode gt REALtime OFFLine REALtime The filter is applied to a signal in real time mode OFFLine The filter is applied to a signal in offline mode RST REALtime Example BB WIM FILT MODE REAL the filter is applied to a signal in real time mode Manual operation See Filter Mode on page 117 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter APCO25 lt 25 gt The command sets the roll off factor for the APCO25 filter
222. ission directions are made gt To access this dialog select Baseband gt IEEE 802 16 WiMAX gt General General Settings for WiMAX Signals IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A O amp O Om Physical Layer Mode OFDM 802 16 2004 Cor1 2005 and 802 16e 2005 TDD Downlink Cosine Clip Off This tab contains the standard general settings valid for the signal in both trans mission directions State Activates the standard and deactivates all the other digital standards and digital modu lation modes in the same path Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax STATe on page 125 Set to Default Calls the default settings The values of the main parameters are listed in the following table Parameter Value General Settings State Not affected by Set to default Physical Layer Mode OFDM Version 802 16 2004 Cor1 2005 and 802 16e 2005 Duplexing TDD Link Direction Downlink Frame Duration 10 ms Sequence Length 1 frame Predefined Frames User Level Reference FCH Burst Clipping Off General Settings for WiMAX Signals Parameter Value OFDM mode Frequency Band ETSI Channel Bandwidth 1 75 MHz Sampling Rate 2 00 MHz BSID 4 LSBs 0 Tg Tb 1 4 Nr of used Subchannels 16 all Frame Preamble Long FCH Configuration On Auto mode Frame Number Offset 0 and Con figuration Change Count 0
223. ives an overview of the supported features in more details Configuration of OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing and OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access physical layer mode Downlink and Uplink mode e Pre defined settings for receiver tests All frame duration settings defined by the standard including a user mode with freely configurable Frame Duration and a continuous mode In continuous mode gaps between bursts subframes are eliminated Sequence length of up to 511 frames Up to 64 bursts per frame zone with independent power setting e Channel bandwidth and sampling rate settings according to the ETSI MMDS WCS U NII or WiBro bands or alternatively arbitrary settings in User mode Full RS CC CC and CTC channel coding e BPSK QPSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM modulation independently configurable for any of the 64 bursts DL MAP and UL MAP burst generation in automatic mode using signal configuration parameters set by the user or in user mode with arbitrary data e Ranging Bursts in uplink Up to 8 Zones per frame in OFDMA mode Predefined data sources such as 9 PN11 and others or arbitrary user data Optional generic MAC headers and CRC for each burst Subchannelization modes Clipping for reducing the crest factor Table 3 1 Parameters of the modulation system IEEE 802 16 WiMAX Digital standard 802 16 2004 m
224. l 0 and 1 data is used PATTern Internal data is used The bit pattern for the data is defined by the command BB WIMax OFDM FCH DATA PATTern RST PN9 OFDM Physical Layer Settings Example BB WIM OFDM FCH DATA PATT selects as the data source for the data fields of FCH the bit pat tern defined with the following command BB WIM OFDM FCH DATA PATT H3F 8 defines the bit pattern Manual operation See Data Source FCH OFDM on page 45 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FCH DATA DSELect lt DSelect gt The command selects the data list for the DLISt data source selection The lists are stored as files with the fixed file extensions in a directory of the user s choice The directory applicable to the following commands is defined with the command MMEMory CDIR To access the files in this directory you only have to give the file name without the path and the file extension This command is available only in User mode SOURce BB WIMax OFDM FCH MODE AUTO Parameters lt DSelect gt string Example BB WIM OFDM FCH DATA DLIS selects the Data Lists data source MMEM CDIR var user temp Lists selects the directory for the data lists BB WIM OFDM FCH DATA DLIS wimax listl selects file wimax list1 as the data source This file must be in the directory and must have the file extension dm iqd Manual operation See Data Source FCH OFDM on page 45 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax
225. le Access OFDMA RST OFDM Example BB WIM MODE OFDM selects physical layer mode OFDM Manual operation See Physical Layer Mode on page 18 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax PRESet Sets the parameters of the digital standard to their default values RST values speci fied for the commands Not affected is the state set with the command SOURce hw BB WIMax STATe Example SOURce1 BB WIMax PRESet Usage Event General Commands Manual operation See Set to Default on page 16 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SETTing CATalog This command reads out the files with IEEE 802 16 settings in the default directory The default directory is set using command MMEM CDIRectory Only files with the file extension wimax will be listed Return values Catalog string Example MMEM CDIR var user temp wimax sets the default directory to var user temp wimax BB WIM SETT CAT reads out all the files with IEEE 802 16 settings in the default directory Response ofdm fbpsk the files ofdm and fbpsk are available Usage Query only Manual operation See Save Recall on page 18 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SETTing DELete Filename This command deletes the selected file with IEEE 802 16 WiMAX settings The direc tory is set using command MMEM CDIRectory A path can also be specified in which case the files in the specified directory are read The file extension may be omitted Only fil
226. le Rate Variation 117 132 Sampling Rate 94 54 152 222 Sampling ratio 94 54 150 221 Save Save UL MAP Data 224 Save UL MAP Datta 46 96 205 Save Recall IXEV DO arrota 18 Separability Type OFDMA 69 164 Sequence Length 91 Service manual 20 Set to default 16 Shift Value U OFBDMA 71 Show Configuration OFDMA 76 Signal duration nlt eii tert nne 22 Signal Duration Unit Trigger 4 1395 Signal generation status 22 Ir Gayest 21 So nditrig Index 72 sounding erdt 73 Sounding Relevance Flag OFDMA 69 163 Sounding Relevance OFDMA 5 Sounding Symibol siirinsesi iii i Sounding Type OFDMA Space Time Coding Mode Space Time Coding Mode OFDMA Space Timing Coding Antenna OFDMA 62 165 Space Timing Coding Mode OFDMA 165 193 SPID SEQUENCE ne Pme eene 104 Standard settings ertet eer 16 Start Fred er tee nen 73 Slate
227. lect Frame Configuration OFDMA gt Frame Configuration gt Zone Table 3 Select Configure Zone gt Config 4 Select Burst Table gt Burst Type gt HARQ 5 Select More Parameters gt Config OFDMA HARQ Settings gt access this dialog proceed as described in To access this dialog IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDMA Zone 0 Burst 0 This dialog contains the parameters to configure the HARQ options in OFDMA mode HARQ bursts are only available with CTC channel coding Provided are the following settings HARQ Mode Selects the mode of the HARQ burst Chase Selects Chase Combining HARQ For each sub burst only one ver sion of the packet is generated IR Selects Incremental Redundancy HARQ For each sub burst several versions of encoded sub packets can be generated They are identi fied by a sub packet ID SPID Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ MODE on page 174 HARQ Configuration OFDMA No Of Sub Bursts Sets the number of sub bursts in the HARQ bust Each HARQ burst allocated in the Zone Configuration panel can be divided into up to 15 sub bursts The length of each sub burst is set by the Duration Slots parameter Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ COUNt on page 174 Moving Start Offset Mode for HARQ Mode Chase only Enables disables moving of sta
228. les by which the OFDM symbols are cyclically shifted on the given tap Parameters lt CDelay gt integer Range 2048 to 2048 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO CSTD1 CDEL1 256 the cyclic delay applied to antenna 1 in the tap 1 is set to 256 Manual operation See Cyclic Delay Samples OFDMA on page 76 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt CSTD lt ch0 gt GAIN lt dir0 gt Gain Sets a linear gain factor for the corresponding tap The gain factors are applied to the symbols before summation fo all taps The antenna for which the configuration is made is distinguished with the numerical suffix at CSTD OFDMA Physical Layer Settings The tap for which the configuration is made is distinguished with the numerical suffix at GAIN Parameters lt Gain gt float Range 0 00 to 2 00 Increment 1E 5 RST 0 00 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE0 CSTD1 GAIN1 0 2 the linear gain of antenna 1 in the tap 1 is set to 0 2 Manual operation See Liner Gain OFDMA on page 76 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt CSTD lt ch0 gt TAPCount lt TapCount gt Sets the number of taps available for the selected antenna The antenna for which the configuration is made is distinguished with the numerical suffix at CSTD Parameters lt TapCount gt integer Range 1 to 5 RST 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO CSTD1 TAPC 3 selects 3 taps for configuration Manual operation See Number Of Tap
229. loat Range 0 samples to 2424 1 samples Increment 0 001 samples RST 2000 samples Marker Settings Example BB WIM TRIG OUTP DEL FIX ON restricts the marker signal delay setting range to the dynamic range BB WIM TRIG OUTP DEL MAX queries the maximum of the dynamic range Response 2000 the maximum for the marker delay setting is 2000 samples Usage Query only Manual operation See Marker x Delay on page 28 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt MODE Mode Sets the marker mode Parameters lt Mode gt RESTart FRAMe FACTive PULSe PATTern RATio RST RESTart Example BB WIM TRIG OUTP MODE FRAMe selects the frame marker for the corresponding marker signal Manual operation See Marker Mode on page 26 SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut ch ONTime lt Ontime gt SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt OFFTime lt Offtime gt Sets the number of samples in a period ON time OFF time during which the marker signal in settingSoOURce BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut MODE RATio on the marker outputs is OFF Parameters lt Offtime gt integer Range 1 to 16777215 RST 1 Example BB WIM TRIG OUTP2 OFFT 200 sets an OFF time of 200 samples for marker signal 2 Manual operation See Marker Mode on page 26 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger OUTPut lt ch gt ROFFset lt ROffset gt SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger 0UTPut lt ch gt
230. lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC STATe on 213 Frame Configuration OFDMA MAC CID Sets the connection control identifier CID of the medium access control layer MAC The CID identifies a connection to equivalent peers in the MAC of the base station and subscriber station This parameter is identical to the CID set in the MAC Header settings Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC CID on page 212 Payload encrypted Activates deactivates payload encryption If activated the EC encryption control field is set to 1 and the EKS encryption key sequence field can be set Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC ENCRypted 5 on page 212 EKS Sets the EKS encryption key sequence value in the MAC header The payload encryption itself is not performed by the signal generator Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC EKS on page 212 Mac Type Specifies the MAC type The value of the 6 bit type field is set which indicates the payload type including the presence of subheaders Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC TYPE on page 213 4 14 Frame Configuration OFDMA 1 access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA 2 Select Frame Configuration OFDMA gt Frame Configuration 4 14 4 Frame Configuration Co
231. mand activates deactivates that the DCD is appended to the UL MAP The DCD message is transmitted with its own MAC header and CRC included in the same burst allocation used by the UL MAP Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST OFF OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 ULM DCD STAT appends the DCD to the UL Map Manual operation See Append DCD OFDMA on page 94 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap RANGing BOENd lt BoEnd gt Sets the end value for the ranging backoff Parameters lt BoEnd gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 5 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 ULM RANG BOEN 10 sets the end value for the ranging backoff to 10 Manual operation See Ranging Backoff End on page 95 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap RANGing BOSTart lt BoStart gt Sets the start value for the ranging backoff Parameters lt BoStart gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 ULM RANG BOST 10 sets the start value for the ranging backoff to 10 Manual operation See Ranging Backoff Start on page 95 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap REQuest BOENd lt BoEnd gt Sets the end value for the request backoff Parameters lt BoEnd gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 5 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 UL
232. me and the last row defines the last burst For both transmission directions different modulations and channel coding rates are available for each burst A generic MAC header with encrypted payload and checksum determination can be activated Some setting parameters vary depending on the transmission direction Frame Configuration OFDM Burst Index OFDM Displays the consecutive burst index from 0 to 63 All the rows are always displayed even if the bursts are inactive They are switched on and off by the selection of No of Bursts above the table The active bursts are high lighted Remote command n a selected via the suffix to the keyword BURSt lt n gt Preamble OFDM Enables generation of the burst preamble If activated a preamble is placed before the burst Long or short preambles are availa ble The preamble has the same power as the burst If subchannelization is used a subchannelization preamble is generated accordingly Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 PREamble MODE on page 214 Midamble Repetition OFDM Activates midamble repetition If midamble repetition is switched on midambles are placed into the burst with the specified interval i e if 5 is selected every 5th symbol of the burst is a midamble A short preamble is used as midamble when subchannelization is off or a subchanneli zation preamble is used in subchannelization mode The power of the midambles is identic
233. mmon Settings gt Select Common Frame Configuration OFDMA IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A Frame Configuration OFDMA Frequency Band ETSI Tg Tb Channel Bandwidth eue 75 MHz n FFT Size Sampling Rate 2 00 2 Preamble Mode No Zones Segments Preamble Index E IDcell This dialog contains the parameters required for frame configuration in OFDMA mode Provided are the following settings Frequency Band OFDMA Selects the frequency band for the carrier frequencies The available ranges for setting the channel bandwidth and the sampling rate depend on the selection here ETSI The frequency band as defined by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute applies The range is 1 75 to 28 MHz for the channel bandwidth and 2 to 32 MHz for the sampling rate MMDS The frequency band as defined by the Multichannel Multipoint Distri bution Service applies The RF frequency range is 2500 to 2686 MHz The range is 1 50 to 24 MHz for the channel bandwidth and 1 68 to 26 88 MHz for the sampling rate WCS The frequency band as defined by the Wireless Communication Ser vice applies It is in the 2 3 GHz band of the electromagnetic spec trum from 2305 to 2320 MHz and 2345 to 2360 MHz The range is 2 5 to 15 MHz for the channel bandwidth and 2 8 to 16 8 MHz for the sampling rate U NII The frequency band as defined by the Unlicensed National Informa tion Infrastructure applies It is in the 5 GHz band
234. mote command n a Channel Coding Randomizer Activates or deactivates the randomizer applied before channel coding Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 CCODing RANDomizer on page 167 Data Configuration OFDMA FEC Activates or deactivates the FEC Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing FEC on page 166 Interleaver Activates or deactivates the interleaver state Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing INTerleaver on page 167 Repetition Coding Activates repetition coding by specifying any value other than 0 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt CCODing REPCoding on page 168 Space Time Coding Mode Selects the space time coding mode for the specified burst This parameter is available only if the Space Time Coding Mode is set to Burst Defined Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 STC MODE on page 193 Include In SUB DL UL MAP Selects whether a DL MAP IE is included in the specified SUB DL UL MAP message for this burst The default value of this parameter is off One of the three available SUB DL UL MAPs can be selected to carry the DL MAP IE for this burst Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZON
235. n e env a 72 4 17 CSTD OFDMA 74 4 18 Data Configuration 111 11 nnne nennen nnne nnn rient 77 4 181 OFDMA Data Configuration 78 4 18 2 PDU Table norte a avi E eed repe Heed que ee ded vae 82 4 19 FCH Configuration Downlink nnne nnn 85 4 20 DL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA creen nnn 86 4 21 UL MAP Configuration Downlink 1 nnnm nnn 91 4 22 Generate UL MAP Uplink 95 4 23 Ranging Uplink OFDM tuor etna bn inn uaa ina AREENAN NEAKEN naa 97 4 24 HARQ Configuration 1 1 1 98 4 24 1 OFDMA HARQ Settings iiie eaae uide 99 4 24 2 HARQ Sub burst Table oet reed enacted d vee 101 4 25 Fast Feedback Configuration OFDMA sensere 105 4 26 SUB DL UL MAP Configuration 1 11 nnne nnns 107 4 27 MAC Header Configuration 111 1 1 nnne nnn nnne 109 4 28 PDU MAC Configuration 112 4 29 Filter Clipping 115
236. nal triggering BB WIM TRIG SEQ ARET sets Armed_Retrigger mode i e every trigger event causes sig nal generation to restart BB WIM TRIG EXEC executes a trigger signal generation is started BB WIM TRIG ARM EXEC signal generation is stopped BB WIM TRIG EXEC executes a trigger signal generation is started again Usage Event Manual operation See Arm on page 23 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax TRIGger EXECute The command executes a trigger The internal trigger source must be selected using the command BB WIM TRIG SOUR INT and a trigger mode other than AUTO must be selected using the command BB WIM TRIG SEQ B WIM TRIG SOUR INT ets internal triggering B WIM TRIG SEQ RETR ets Retrigger mode i e every trigger event causes signal gen ration to restart B WIM TRIG EXEC executes a trigger Example 0 UJ Usage Event Manual operation See Execute Trigger on page 23 Trigger Settings SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger EXTernal SYNChronize OUTPut Output enabled for Trigger Source External Enables disables output of the signal synchronous to the external trigger event Parameters Output 0 1 RST 1 Example BB WIM TRIG SOUR EXT sets external triggering BB WIM TRIG EXT SYNC OUTP ON enables synchrounous output to external
237. nce The command selects the level reference Parameters lt Reference gt Example Manual operation OFDMA Physical Layer Settings RMS PREamble WOPRamble STCZones RMS The instrument s level setting refers to the mean power of the subframe PREamble The instrument s level setting refers to the preamble which is FCH Burst power downlink only WOPReamble The instrument s level setting refers to the rms power of the sub frame excluding the preamble This includes all symbols with allocated carriers in downlink or the whole uplink subframe in uplink downlink only RST PREamble BB WIM MODE AOFD selects physical layer mode OFDMA BB WIM LINK DOWN select transmission direction downlink BB WIM AOFD POW REF PRE the instrument s level setting refers to the preamble See Power Reference on page 32 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm PREamble INDex Index In downlink and in User mode selects the preamble index for the generation of a downlink frame preamble Parameters Index Example Manual operation integer Range 0 to 113 RST 0 BB WIM LINK DOWN selects downlink transmission BB WIM AOFD PRE IND 10 selects preamble 10 See Preamble Index OFDMA on page 55 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm PREamble INDex MODE Mode The command selects the mode for selecting the preamble index This command is available only in downlink a
238. nd FDD sig nals on the physical layer The FDD mode has been provided for convenience it completely fills the defined frame with bursts to simulate a continuous transmission environment It is recommended to use TDD mode instead if FDD devices are to be tested with frames including transmission gaps Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax DUPLexing on page 121 Link Direction Selects the transmission direction Downlink The transmission direction selected is base station to subscriber sta tion The signal corresponds to that of a base station Uplink The transmission direction selected is subscriber station to base sta tion The signal corresponds to that of a subscriber station Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax LINK on page 123 Filter Clipping Access to the dialog for setting baseband filtering clipping and the sequence length of the arbitrary waveform component see chapter 4 29 Filter Clipping Settings on page 115 4 2 Trigger Settings This tab provides access to the settings necessary to select and configure the trigger like trigger source mode trigger delay trigger suppression as well as to arm or trigger an internal trigger manually The current signal generation status is displayed in the header of the tab together with information on the enabled trigger mode As in the Marker and Clock tabs this tab provides also an access to the settings of the rela ted connectors T
239. nd in User mode SOURce BB WIMax AOFD PRE IND MODE USER Parameters lt Mode gt AUTO USER RST AUTO OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Example BB WIM LINK DOWN selects downlink transmission BB WIM AOFD PRE IND MODE AUTO the preamble index for the generation of a downlink frame pre amble is set automatically Manual operation See Preamble Mode OFDMA on page 54 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm SRATe lt SRate gt The command sets the sampling rate The sampling rate is related to the channel bandwidth by the parameter n SamplingRate floor n ChannelBandwidth 8000 8000 Downlink The value range depends on the selected frequency band command SOUR BB WIMax AOFD FBAN Only discrete sets of values are available If a new value is not allowed the next allowed value in the direction of change is set Uplink The full range between 1 44 and 32 MHz is available Only discrete sets of values are available If a new value is not allowed the next allowed value in the direction of change is set Example 16 MHz and 32 MHz are allowed the current value is 16 MHz If a new value of 17 MHz is entered it is changed to 32 MHz Parameters lt SRate gt float Range 1 44E6 to 32E6 Increment 1E3 RST 2bE6 Example BB WIM AOFD SRAT 2E6 sets a sampling rate of 2 MHz Manual operation See Sampling Rate OFDMA on page 54 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm TGTB lt Tgtb
240. nnne pn intent SOURce lt hw BB WIMax OFDM FCH MODE N Ea Taraia SOURceshws BB WIMax OFDM EGEES pe t beet con cedar s SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM FFT ni SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM FRAMe PREDefined esses SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM FRAMe NUMBaer esent SOURceshw TE BB WIMaX OFDME N innt tea te ree tpe ru e rtr n err ne erede 221 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM POWer REFerence 5 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM PREamble MODE esee ESOURce lt hw BB WIMax oh the tr rrr p nnn rh t ee nr nore en dun SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM SUBChannel INDex eeeeseesseeeeeeeeenneneee nennen SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM SUBChannel COUNLIt esses 223 SOURceshw TE BB WIMax OFDM TG TB rt etr pr rn tn eth neret deu 224 SOURceshw BB WIMax OFDM erae pun eant EEA 224 lt gt 224 SOURce lt hw BB RR HERE regt 123 SOURceshws BB WIMax SETTing GATalog unun conca orent rettet peer renun 124 SOURceshw BB WIMax SETT
241. ommand SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DLMap ATIMe on page 210 UL MAP File OFDM Opens the dialog for selecting the UL Map file Remote command n a Append UCD OFDM If activated the UCD is appended to the DL MAP The UCD message is transmitted with its own MAC header and CRC included in the same burst allocation used by the DL MAP Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DLMap UCD STATe on page 210 UL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDM 1 access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDM 2 Select Link Direction gt Downlink 3 Select Frame Configuration OFDM gt Frame Configuration gt Burst Table 4 Select Burst Type gt UL MAP 5 Select More Parameter gt Configure More Parameters Uplink OFDM IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A UL MAP Burst 0 Allocation Start Time ous 7 UL MAP File None This dialog comprises the settings required for configuring UL MAP Provided are the following settings Allocation Start Time Base Selects the Allocation Start Time base The Allocation Start Time field of the UL MAP specifies the start of the uplink subframe When Start Time Base is set to DL Subframe End the Allocation Start Time of the UL MAP is set to the end of the downlink subframe the Allocation Start Time parameter set below When Start Time Base is set to Frame Start the Allocation Start Time of the UL MAP is set to
242. on Parameters lt Value gt DEC2 DEC4 DEC5 DEC8 DEC16 DEC32 DEC64 DEC128 RST DEC2 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN DEC VAL DEC16 sets the value for the decimation to 16 Manual operation See Decimation Value OFDMA on page 71 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding DLPermbase lt DIPermBase gt only for Sounding Type B The command sets the value for the DL PermBase Parameters lt 01 gt integer Range 0 to 63 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN DLP 16 sets the value for the decimation to 16 Manual operation See DL PermBase OFDMA on page 71 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding PERMutation only for Sounding Type B The command queries the permutation used for the selected sounding zone Return values lt Permutation gt PUSC RST PUSC Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN PERM queries the permutation Usage Query only Manual operation See Permutation OFDMA on page 71 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding RELevance FLAG lt Flag gt The command selects whether sounding is relevant individually for each CID or for all CIDs Parameters Flag SAME INDividual RST SAME Example BB WIM AOFD ZONE SOUN REL FLAG SAME sounding is relevant for all CIDs Manual operation See Sounding Relevance Flag OFDMA on page
243. on maintenance instrument interfaces and troubleshooting In the user manuals for the individual software options the specific instrument func tions of this option are described in detail For additional information on default settings and parameters refer to the data sheets Basic information on operating the R amp S SMW is not included in these user manuals Documentation Overview The user manuals are available in PDF format in printable form on the Documenta tion CD ROM delivered with the instrument All user manuals are also available for download from the Rohde amp Schwarz website on the R amp S SMW product page at http www rohde schwarz com product SMW200A html gt Downloads gt Manuals Service Manual The service manual is available in PDF format on the CD delivered with the instrument It describes how to check compliance with rated specifications instrument function repair troubleshooting and fault elimination It contains all information required for repairing the R amp S SMW by replacing modules Release Notes The release notes describe the installation of the firmware new and modified func tions eliminated problems and last minute changes to the documentation The corre sponding firmware version is indicated on the title page of the release notes The latest versions are available for download from the R amp S SMW product page at http www rohde schwarz com product SMW200A html gt Downloads gt
244. or activating deactivating subchannels Zone Configuration OFDMA IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDMA Subchannels Zone 0 se All Subchannels Used Subchannel Bitmap Use Subchannels 0 11 Use Subchannels 12 19 Use Subchannels 20 31 Use Subchannels 32 39 Use Subchannels 40 51 Use Subchannels 52 59 Use All Subchannels Configure active Subchannels OFDMA Activates the generation of all subchannels Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO SUBChannel MODE on page 204 Use Subchannels x y downlink PUSC only Configure active Subchannels OFDMA Activates the generation of the selected group s of subchannels Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO SUBChannel ch MAP on page 205 Allocated Subchannels Bitmap uplink only Configure active Subchannels OFDMA In uplink mode each physical subchannel can be individually activated or deactivated This is realized with a 9 byte field identical to the UL allocated subchannels bitmap in the UCD message The bytes of the bitmap are read from left to right and specify the physical subchannels in LSB first order The LSB of the first most left byte selects the physical subchannel 0 The same order applies for all FFT Sizes Subchannel bitmap bits that are not needed in modes with less than 70 physical subchannels are discarded Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO SUBChannel PAT
245. page 115 SOURce hw BB WIMax FILTer PARameter RCOSine lt RCosine gt The command sets the roll off factor for the Root Cosine filter type Trigger Settings Parameters lt RCosine gt float Range 0 to 1 0 Increment 0 01 RST 0 22 Example BB WIM FILT PAR RCOS 0 4 the roll off factor is set to 0 4 Manual operation See Roll Off Factor or BxT on page 115 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter SPHase lt SPhase gt The command sets the BxT for the Split Phase filter type Parameters lt SPhase gt float Range 0 15 to 2 5 Increment 0 01 RST 2 00 Example BB WIM FILT PAR SPH 2 the BxT is set to 2 0 Manual operation See Roll Off Factor or BxT on page 115 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SRATe VARiation Variation The command enters the output sample rate A variation of this parameter only affects the ARB clock rate all other signal parame ters remain unchanged If the sampling rate in the frame configuration menu is changed this parameter is reset to the chosen sampling rate Parameters lt Variation gt float Range 400 Hz to 10 MHz Increment 0 001 Hz RST 2 MHz Default unit Hz c s Example BB WIM SRAT VAR 4000000 sets the output sample rate to 4 Mcps Manual operation See Sample Rate Variation on page 117 5 3 Trigger Settings This section lists the remote control commands necessary to configure the trigger Trigger Settings SOURce hw BB WIMax TR
246. ple PDUs See Multiple PDUs OFDMA on page 79 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt DATA lt Data gt The command sets the data source for the specified PDU Parameters lt Data gt Example Manual operation 9 PN11 PN15 PN16 PN20 PN21 PN23 DLISt ZERO ONE PATTern PNxx The pseudo random sequence generator is used as the data source Different random sequence lengths can be selected DLISt A data list is used The data list is selected with the com mand BB WIMax AOFD ZONE BURS PDU DATA DSELect ZEROJONE Internal 0 and 1 data is used PATTern Internal data is used The bit pattern for the data is defined by the com mand BB WIMax AOFD ZONE BURS PDU DATA PATTern RST PN9 BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 PDU6 DATA PATT selects as the data source the bit pattern defined with the follow ing command BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 PDU6 DATA PATT H3F 8 defines the bit pattern See Data Source PDU OFDMA on page 84 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt DATA DSELect lt DSelect gt The command selects the data list for the DLISt data source selection The lists are stored as files with the fixed file extensions dm_igqd in a directory of the user s choice The directory applicable to the following commands is defined with the command
247. r to edit an existing one Use the standard File Manager function to transfer external data lists to the instrument See also section Modulation Data in the R amp S SMW user manual section File and Data Management in the R amp S SMW user manual Frame Configuration OFDM e section Data List Editor in the R amp S SMW user manual Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA on page 208 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA PATTern on page 209 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DATA DSELect on page 208 DIUC OFDM Sets the specific interval usage code The code is used to initialize the randomizer Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 DIUC on page 209 Boost OFDM Sets the burst power in dB To set the absolute power of a burst correctly level reference FCH Burst must be selected In this mode the output power of a burst equals Level BurstPower In downlink the preamble is transmitted with 3 dB and the FCH is transmitted with 0 dB In uplink the power of the first burst is fixed to 0 dB Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt POWer page 214 MAC Header OFDM Calls the dialog for configuring the generic MAC Media Access Control header of the selected burst and for activating the checksum determination Remote command n a Burst Type OFDM S
248. rating a UL MAP Remote command n a Dedicated Pilots OFDMA This feature is available only for zone type AMC and PUSC with link direction Down link When activated pilot symbols are generated for subchannels with allocated bursts only When deactivated pilot symbols are generated for all subchannels allocated to the current segment whether or not bursts are active on these subchannels Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt PILDedicated on page 156 4 15 2 Zone Configuration OFDMA Data List Management Accesses the Data List Management dialog used to create and edit a data list Pilot Pattern OFDMA Sets the pilot pattern in uplink Collaborative Multiplexing mode Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt STC PILotpattern on page 165 Zone Boosting OFDMA Sets an additional zone boosting in dB The zone boosing is applied to both the data and pilot carriers Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BOOSt on page 154 Burst Table access this dialog select Burst Table IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A OFDMA Zone 0 re eS eS mn ute 21 9 5 A This dialog contains the individual burst parameters Each frame supports up to 64 bursts with individual parameters For both transmission directions different modulations and
249. rst See CRC State on page 110 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC EKS lt Eks gt Sets the EKS Encryption Key Sequence value in the MAC header The payload encryption itself is not performed by the signal generator Parameters lt Eks gt Example Manual operation integer Range 0 to 3 RST 0 BB WIM AOFD BURS2 HARQ5 MAC ENCR STAT ON enables payload encryption BB WIM AOFD BURS2 HARQ5 MAC sets the EKS for burst 2 See EKS on page 111 EKS 2 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC ENCRypted STATe lt State gt The command activates deactivates payload encryption If activated the EC encryp tion control field is set to 1 and the EKS encryption key sequence field can be set Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 HARQ5 MAC ENCR STAT ON enables payload encryption for sub burst 5 BB WIM AOFD BURS2 HARQ5 MAC EKS 2 sets the EKS Manual operation See Payload encrypted on page 111 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt MAC STATe State The command activates deactivates the checksum determination The state of the CRC can be set independently of the state of MAC header generation Parameters State 0 1 RST OFF Example BB WI
250. rst table No Subchannels Set to No of Subch of the burst table e Repetition Coding Indication Set to Repetition Coding in the More Param Panel DL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA User In User mode the DL MAP is filled with data specified under Data Source This enables any arbitrary data to be sent with the DL MAP burst Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap MODE on 202 DL MAP Repetition Coding OFDMA Repetition coding can be activated for the DL MAP by specifying any value other than 0 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO DLMap REPCoding on page 203 Frame Number Offset DL MAP OFDMA Sets the frame number offset This value is added to the current frame number of the sequence The result is used as Frame Number in the DL MAP in Auto mode Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt DLMap FNOFfset on page 202 DCD Count DL MAP OFDMA Sets the DCD count value This value is used for the corresponding DL MAP field in Auto mode Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO DLMap DATA DCD COUNt on page 201 Base Station ID OFDMA Sets the Base Station ID This value is used for the corresponding DL MAP field in Auto mode Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO DLMap BSID on page 199 Configure M
251. rt offset mode If enabled the subburst structure resembles the specified structure required for MRCT Test 9 1 24 4 according to WiMAX ForumTM Mobile Radio Conformance Test minimum 8 Symbols N subch Subchannels Mod fra Sub burst 2 Dummy Sub burst 0 Dummy 4 Symbols 1 4 5 5 p 5 y 8 a u N 5 2 DL Subframe DL MAP To use this mode according to the WiMAX MRCT specification perform following con figuration e 1 Configure exactly 3 HARQ subbursts The first and third subbursts are dummy bursts with QPSK modulation The second subburst is the desired subburst with usually 2 FEC blocks e 2 Configure the length of the first subburst such that it fills at least the first 4 sym bols e g 64 slots in 1024 FFT mode This burst can be slightly longer than the slots available in the first 4 symbols 3 Configure the second subburst to the desired length 4 Configure the length of the third subburst such that it fills the remaining space 5 Enable Moving Start Offset Mode 6 Select a desired number of frames longer than 1 frame Result HARQ Configuration OFDMA The Signal Generator automatically modifies the length of the first and third sub bursts such that the second one moves it s start position with every frame accord ing to the MRCT requirement mod frame_index N_subch The dummy bursts will be automatically cut off or enlarged as required The DL MAP is update
252. s lt Eks gt integer Range 0 to 3 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 MAC ENCR STAT enables payload encryption BB WIM AOFD BURS2 MAC EKS 2 sets the EKS for burst 2 Manual operation See 5 on page 111 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC ENCRypted STATe lt State gt The command activates disactivates payload encryption If activated the EC Encryp tion Control field is set to 1 and the EKS Encryption Key Sequence field can be set Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 MAC ENCR STAT ON enables payload encryption for burst 2 BB WIM AOFD BURS2 MAC EKS 2 sets the EKS Manual operation See Payload encrypted on page 111 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC STATe lt State gt The command enables disables generation of the generic MAC header for the selected burst Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST OFF Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 MAC STAT ON enables generation of the generic MAC header for burst 2 Manual operation See MAC Header State on page 111 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt MAC TYPE lt Type gt Specifies the MAC type Parameters lt Type gt integer Range 0 to H3F RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD BURS2 MAC TYPE H3F sets the type field of the MAC header of
253. s OFDMA on page 76 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt FCH MODE Mode Selects the mode for generating the FCH Parameters lt Mode gt AUTO USER AUTO The DLFP fields which form the FCH are filled automatically with parameters specified at different locations USER the FCH is filled with data specified under Data Source This enables any arbitrary data to be sent with the FCH burst RST AUTO Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO FCH MODE AUTO selects FCH mode AUTO Manual operation See FCH Mode OFDMA on page 85 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt NUMBer Number Selects the zone number Parameters lt Number gt integer Range 0 to 7 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO NUMB 4 assigns number 4 to zone 1 Manual operation See Zone Number OFDMA on page 56 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt PERMbase lt PermBase gt Selects the PermBase of the zone Parameters lt PermBase gt integer Range 0 to 69 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO PERM 5 Manual operation See PermBase OFDMA on page 57 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt PILDedicated lt PilDedicated gt The command activates deactivates dedicated pilots If deactivated the pilot symbol are broadcast Note This feature is available only for zone type AMC and PUSC with link direction Downlink Parameters lt PilDedicated
254. sebands For an external trigger signal enables disables the output of a signal synchronous to the external trigger event On Off Trigger Settings Corresponds to the default state of this parameter The signal calculation starts simultaneously with the external trigger event but because of the instrument s processing time the first sam ples are cut off and no signal is output After elapsing of the internal processing time the output signal is synchronous to the trigger event Ext Trigger Event Calculated signal Signal at the output The signal output begins after elapsing of the processing time and starts with sample 0 i e the complete signal is output This mode is recommended for triggering of short signal sequences with signal duration comparable with the processing time of the instrument Ext Trigger Event Calculated signal Signal at the output Processing time Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax TRIGger EXTernal SYNChronize OUTPut on page 134 External Trigger Inhibit Trigger Settings Common to All Basebands For external trigger signal or trigger signal from the other path sets the duration a new trigger event subsequent to triggering is suppressed In Retrigger mode for example a new trigger event will not cause a restart of the signal generation until the specified inhibit duration does not expire For more information see chapter Basics
255. switched on and off by the selection of Total Number Of CIDs above the table The active CIDs are highlighted Remote command n a Sounding Symbol OFDMA Sets the symbol used for this CID from the available symbols of the zone Each sound ing CID occupies one symbol only Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt SYMBol on page 161 CID OFDMA Sets the CID connection control identifier Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt CID on page 158 Sounding Zone Configuration OFDMA Power Boost OFDMA Activates deactivates the power boost Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt POWer STATe on page 160 No Of Freq Bands OFDMA only for Sounding Type A and normal Allocation Mode Sets the number of frequency bands used by the corresponding CID Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt COUNt on page 160 Start Freq Band OFDMA only for Sounding Type A and normal Allocation Mode Sets the start frequency band Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt SOUNding CID lt ch0 gt FBANd STARt on page 159 Band Bitmap OFDMA only for Sounding Type A and Allocation Mode set to Band AMC Sets the logical band bitmap of the corresponding CID 1 en
256. t gt 131 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax FILTer PARameter SPHase SOURceshwsEBB WIMax FIET6r TYPE cootra rore yeh spei pe xu qux enar SOURce hw BB WIMax F RAMe BURSt DELay treten enn tht nnne enhn rina SOURceshw BB WIMax F RAMe TIME ctn ertt nrc r neon SOURceshws BB WIMax F RAMe TIME USER nra torno rte re taret pce tror nonet SOURceshw EBB WIMaxLINK pp t rere e n ere ten nena SOURCeshw EBB WIMaXIMOBPBE sisi raene smarre Erias Enae TES ERTAS ES AES Er EEEN 123 ESOURceshw E BBWIMax OFDM BSID 2 tinte et rete teet nete te ree te teet tnt treated 207 5 lt gt 216 5 lt gt 0 gt 5 207 5 lt gt 0 gt 208 5 lt gt lt 0 gt 208 5 lt gt lt 0 gt 209 5 lt gt 0 SOURce lt
257. t BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap UCD STATe on page 198 UCD CID OFDMA only if Append DCD is ON Enters the value for the UCD CID This CID connection control identifier is independent from the DL Map CID and only used for the UCD Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap UCD on page 198 Generate UL MAP Uplink OFDMA Ranging Backoff Start Sets the start value for the ranging backoff Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt ULMap RANGing BOSTart on page 197 Ranging Backoff End Sets the end value for the ranging backoff Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 ULMap RANGing BOENd on page 197 Request Backoff Start Sets the start value for the request backoff Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 ULMap REQuest BOSTart on page 198 Request Backoff End Sets the end value for the request backoff Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO BURSt ch0 ULMap REQuest BOENd on page 197 4 22 Generate UL MAP Uplink OFDMA 1 access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA 2 Select Link Direction gt Uplink 3 Select Frame Configuration OFDMA Frame Configuration Zone Table 4 Select Configure Zone gt Config 5
258. t BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 SLOT COUNtL 192 SOURce hw BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE sst0 BURSt ch0 STC MODE 193 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 SUBChannel COUNIT 193 OFDMA Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt chO gt SYMBol COUN 193 lt gt 20 lt 5 0 gt lt gt 193 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 UCD RANGing BOENG 194 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 UCD RANGing BOSTart 194 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOF Dm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt UCD REQuest BOENd 194 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 UCD REQuest BOSTart 195 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 UIUC suus 195 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 ULMap AMODe 195 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt ch0 ULMap ATIMe 196 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0O gt ULMap DCD CID 196 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt chO gt ULMap DCD STATe 196 SOURce lt hw gt
259. t HARQ lt dir0 gt DATA PATTern lt Pattern gt Sets the bit pattern for the PATTern selection The maximum length is 64 bits Parameters lt Pattern gt 64 bits Range 0 1 H111 1 64 RST HO 1 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ6 DATA PATT 80 1 defines the bit pattern Manual operation See Data Source on page 103 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt DIUC lt Diuc gt for HARQ Chase Mode only OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Sets the DIUC Downlink Interval User Code for the specified sub burst The code is used to initialize the randomizer and is transmitted in the FCH Parameters lt Diuc gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 0 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ MODE CHAS sets the HARQ mode to chase BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ6 DIUC5 sets the Interval Usage Code 5 for sub burst 6 Manual operation See DIUC on page 104 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0 gt DLENgth lt DLength gt Sets the data length of the sub burst The data length range is dynamic and depends on the packet size and the MAC header state Parameters lt DLength gt integer Range 0 to 1E9 RST 16 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 HARQ4 DLEN 10 sets the data length of the sub burst to 10 Manual operation See Data Length on page 103 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm Z
260. t hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO SOUNding CID ch0 PERiodicity on page 160 No Of Subch only for Sounding Type B Sets the number of subchannels Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO SOUNding CID ch0 SUBChannel COUNt on page 161 Offset Subch only for Sounding Type B Sets the subchannel offset Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE stO SOUNding CID ch0 SUBChannel OFFSet on page 161 CSTD OFDMA 1 To access this dialog select General gt Physical Layer Mode gt OFDMA Select Link Direction gt Downlink Select Frame Configuration OFDMA gt Frame Configuration gt Zone Table Select Configure Zone gt Config Select Common gt Space Time Coding Mode gt CSTD c Select CSTD CSTD OFDMA IEEE 802 16 WiMAX A CSTD 0 x Show Configuration For This dialog contains the parameters required to configure the CSTD options in OFDMA mode A zone with activated CSTD is encoded like a regular SISO zone STC off After the IFFT a multi tap delay line is applied to the time domain signal Each tap can be weigh ted with a different linear factor before summation of all taps The cyclic prefix is applied on the sum output Different cyclic delay filters can be applied to every antenna The following describes the CSTD options in OFDMA mode CSTD OFDMA Provided are the following settings
261. ta Provided are the following settings CRC State PDU Activates deactivates the checksum determination The state of the CRC can be set independently of the state of MAC header generation Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC CRC STATe on page 188 PDU MAC Configuration OFDMA MAC Header State PDU Activates the generation of the generic MAC header Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0 gt MAC STATe on page 189 MAC CID PDU The command sets the CID Connection Control Identifier of the medium access con trol layer MAC The CID identifies a connection to equivalent peers in the MAC of the base station and subscriber station Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU lt dir0O gt CID on page 189 Payload encrypted PDU Activates deactivates payload encryption If activated the EC Encryption Control field is set to 1 and the EKS Encryption Key Sequence field can be set Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PDU dir0 MAC ENCRypted STATe on page 188 EKS PDU Sets the EKS Encryption Key Sequence value in the MAC header The payload encryption itself is not performed by the signal generator Remote command SOUR
262. the ARB and or as a multi carrier or a multi segment signal The file name and the directory it is stored in are user definable the predefined file extension for waveform files is wv Remote command SOURce hw BB WIMax WAVeform CREate on page 126 Physical Layer Mode Selects the physical layer mode The settings of the frame are provided in the subdialog Frame Configuration see Frame Configuration OFDM Frame Configuration OFDMA in accordance with the selection OFDM The OFDM mode supports signal generation according to IEEE 802 16 2004 section 8 3 with a fixed FFT size of 256 OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access OFDMA groups multiple subcarriers of the OFDM into sub channels A single client or subscriber station might transmit using all of the sub channels within the carrier space or multiple clients might transmit with each using a portion of the total number of sub channels simultaneously OFDMA thus enables a more flexible use of resources It can support nomadic and mobile operation General Settings for WiMAX Signals OFDMA WiBro The OFDMA WiBro Wireless Broadband mode groups multiple subcarriers of the OFDM into sub channels A single client or sub scriber station might transmit using all of the sub channels within the carrier space or multiple clients might transmit with each using a por tion of the total number of sub channels simultaneously OFDMA thus enables a more fle
263. the MAC header state Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt DLENgth on page 178 Data Source Selects data source for the selected sub bursts The following standard data sources are available e All 1 An internally generated sequence containing O data or 1 data e PNxx An internally generated pseudo random noise sequence Pattern An internally generated sequence according to a bit pattern Use the Pattern box to define the bit pattern e Data List Select DList A binary data from a data list internally or externally generated Select Select DList to access the standard Select List dialog Select the Select Data List gt navigate to the list file dm gt Select to select an existing data list Use the New and Edit functions to create internally new data list or to edit an existing one Use the standard File Manager function to transfer external data lists to the instrument See also e section Modulation Data in the R amp S SMW user manual section File and Data Management in the R amp S SMW user manual HARQ Configuration OFDMA e section Data List Editor in the R amp S SMW user manual Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HARQ lt dir0O gt DATA on page 176 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt HA
264. tion Start Time Base Subframe End Allocation Start Time gt UL MAP File None Append UCD JOn This dialog contains the parameters required for configuring DL MAP Provided are the following settings Append DCD OFDM If activated a DCD is appended to the DL MAP The DCD message carries its own MAC header and CRC but is included within the DL MAP burst Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DLMap DCD STATe on page 210 4 11 UL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDM Append UL Map OFDM If activated a UL Map is appended to the DL Map Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DLMap ULM STATe on page 211 Allocation Start Time Base OFDM Selects the Allocation Start Time base required for the UL Map appended to the DL Map The Allocation Start Time field of the UL Map specifies the start of the uplink subframe If Start Time Base is set to DL Subframe End the Allocation Start Time of the UL Map is set to the end of the downlink subframe Allocation Start Time parameter set below When Start Time Base is set to Frame Start the Allocation Start Time of the UL Map is set to the beginning of the frame Allocation Start Time parameter set below Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 DLMap AMODe on page 210 Allocation Start Time OFDM Sets the Allocation Start Time in the UL Map appended to the DL Map Remote c
265. umber of slots allocated for the DL MAP The FCH is transmitted with QPSK 72 and repetition coding of 4 For FFT Size 128 a reduced FCH is transmitted in one slot DL MAP Configuration Downlink OFDMA User In User mode the FCH is filled with data specified under Data Source This enables any arbitrary data to be sent with the FCH burst 24 bits are read from the data source these bits are repeated once to form 48 bits The FCH is transmitted with QPSK and repe tition coding of 4 For FFT Size 128 a reduced FCH of size 12 bits is transmitted in one slot Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt FCH MODE on page 155 Data Source OFDMA Selects data source for the selected bursts The following standard data sources are available e All 1 An internally generated sequence containing 0 data or 1 data e An internally generated pseudo random noise sequence Pattern An internally generated sequence according to a bit pattern Use the Pattern box to define the bit pattern Data List Select DList A binary data from a data list internally or externally generated Select Select DList to access the standard Select List dialog Select the Select Data List gt navigate to the list file gt Select to select an existing data list Use the New and Edit functions to create internally new data list or to edit an existing one Use the standar
266. urst allocation used by the DL MAP Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST OFF OFDM Physical Layer Settings Example BB WIM OFDM BURS2 DLM UCD STAT ON appends the UCD to the DL Map Manual operation See Append UCD OFDM on page 48 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt DLMap ULM STATe State The command activates deactivates that a UL Map is appended to the DL Map Parameters State 0 1 RST OFF Example BB WIM OFDM BURS1 DLM ULM STAT ON appends the UL Map to the DL Map Manual operation See Append UL Map OFDM on page 48 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM BURSt lt ch0 gt FORMat Format Selects the modulation and channel coding rate Channel coding includes randomiza tion reed solomoon coding convoutional coding and interleaving For a given modulation type and channel coding rate the data length determines the number of symbols and vice versa Parameters lt Format gt BPSK1D2 QPSK1D2 QPSK3D4 102 16 QAM3D4X16 QAM2D3X64 QAM3D4X64 RST BPSK1D2 Example BB WIM OFDM BURS FORM QAM3D4xX64 selects modulation type 64QAM and a channel coding rate of 3 4 Msamples for burst 1 Manual operation See Modulation and RS CC Rate OFDM on page 37 SOURce hw BB WIMax OFDM BURSt ch0 GAP Gap The command sets the length of the gap between the selected burst and the next burst in us The setting is only available for transmission direct
267. urst profile mapping is performed automatically or manually In manual configuration the mapping of the FEC amp Modulation Type to the UIUCs DUICs is defined by the user OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Parameters lt PMap gt AUTO MANual RST AUTO Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 PMAP MAN enables manual mapping Manual operation See Burst Profile Mapping on page 81 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PMAP DMODulation lt dir0 gt lt DModulation gt only for burst type DCD and manual Burst Profile Mapping Sets the FEC and the modulation for the selected DUIC Parameters lt DModulation gt MQPSKCC12 MQPSKCC34 M16QAMCC12 16 4 M64QAMCC12 M64QAMCC23 M64QAMCC34 MQPSKCTC12 MQPSKCTC34 M16QAMCTC12 M16QAMCTC34 M64QAMCTC12 M64QAMCTC23 M64QAMCTC34 M64QAMCTC56 RST MQPSKCC12 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 PMAP MAN enables manual mapping BB WIM AOFD 20 0 BURS2 PMAP DMODO MQPSKCC12 selects QPSK CC 1 2 modulation and coding scheme for DUIC O Manual operation See FEC amp Modulation Type on page 82 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt PMAP UMODulation lt dir0 gt lt UModulation gt only for burst UCD and manual Burst Profile Mapping Sets the FEC and the modulation for the selected UUIC Parameters lt UModulation gt MQPSKCC12 MQPSKCC34 M16QAMCC12
268. utput directory for Dump Files on page 119 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax BDUMp STATe State Activates burst input data dump Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example SOURce1 BB WIMax BDUMp DIRirectory var user temp dump sets the directory for OFDMA burst input dump SOURcel BB WIMax BDUMp STATe ON activates burst input data dump Manual operation See Dump Input Data for Bursts to Files on page 119 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax CLIPping LEVel Level Sets the limit for level clipping Filter Clipping Settings Parameters lt Level gt integer Range 1 to 100 RST 100 Example BB WIM CLIP LEV 80PCT sets the limit for level clipping to 80 of the maximum level BB WIM CLIP STAT ON activates level clipping Manual operation See Clipping Level on page 118 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax CLIPping MODE Mode The command sets the method for level clipping Clipping Parameters Mode VECTor SCALar VECTor The reference level is the amplitude i jq SCALar The reference level is the absolute maximum of the and Q val ues RST VECTor Example BB WIM CLIP MODE SCAL selects the absolute maximum of all the and Q values as the reference level BB WIM CLIP LEV 80PCT sets the limit for level clipping to 8096 of this maximum level BB WIM CLIP STAT ON activates level clipping Manual operation See Cl
269. ve Carrier Graph orsi ttn re na caste 42 FCH Configuration Downlink nennen 43 Generate UL MAP Uplink OFDM eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen een en nennen nnne nnne nnn 45 DL MAP Configuration Downlink nnnm 47 UL MAP Configuration Downlink nnnm nnn 48 More Parameters Uplink 0 2 0 nnn 49 MAC Header Configuration OFDM eere nennen 50 Frame Configuration OFDMA eese nennen nnne nenne nennen 52 Frame Configuration Common 52 R amp S SMW K49 Contents 4 14 2 Zone cecidere rect ha ee de reed E Ee ead Es 55 444 3 Time PIamnas aste itn eee te Peine T sed de nd aee 57 4 15 Zone Configuration nnne nennen nnn nennen nennen 59 4 15 1 OFDMA Common Zone 59 4 15 2 Burst Fable crescent oe e ta tud tuve 63 4153 Time Plan OFDMA iet eere ee ed e aed edd nese 68 4 16 Sounding Zone Configuration OFDMA eee 68 4 16 1 OFDMA Sounding Zone 69 4 76 2 Sounding Table iier trei ve d
270. w gt BB WIMax 0FDM FCH STATe State The command switches the FCH on or off Parameters lt State gt 0 1 RST ON Example BB WIM OFDM FCH STAT OFF switches off generation of FCH Manual operation See FCH State OFDM on page 43 OFDM Physical Layer Settings SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax OFDM FFT The command queries the size of the fast fourier transform For OFDM channels the size is fixed to 256 For OFDMA configuration the possible configurations of the sub channel map depend on the selected FFT size Return values lt Fft gt FFT256 RST OFDMA FFT2048 OFDM FFT256 Example BB WIM OFDM FFT queries the FFT size Response FFT256 the FFT size is 256 Usage Query only SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax 0FDM FRAMe PREDefined lt Predefined gt The command selects predefined setting for the frames All commands concerning the frame configuration are preset Parameters lt Predefined gt USER FBPSK12SHORT FBPSK12MID FBPSK12LONG FQPSK12SHORT FQPSK12MID FQPSK12LONG FQPSK34SHORT FQPSK34MID FQPSK34LONG F16QAM12SHORT F16QAM12MID F16QAM12LONG F16QAM34SHORT F16QAM34MID FiGQAM34LONG F64QAM23SHORT F64QAM23MID FE4QAM23LONG F64QAM34SHORT F64QAM34MID FE4QAM34LONG USER The settings for the frame can be defined by the user Predefined settings for receiver testing are selected param eter includes the modulation the channel coding rate and the test
271. xible use of resources It can support nomadic and mobile operation The OFDMA WiBro mode is identical to the OFDMA mode When selecting OFDMA WiBro these parameters are set to their WiBro defaults see Set to Default Frame Duration 5ms Frequency Band WiBro Channel Bandwidth 8 75 MHz e Sampling Rate 10 MHz e Tg Tb 1 8 e FFT Size 1024 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax MODE on page 123 Version Selects the version of the standard to use 802 16 Rev2 D3 Selecting 802 16 Rev2 D3 ensures that all signal parameters are in line with the latest Revision 2 version of the standard Using this mode is recommended 802 16 2004 Cor1 2005 and 802 16e 2005 Selecting 802 16 2004 Cor1 2005 and 802 16e 2005 provides back ward compatibility for devices that do not yet comply with the latest Release 2 version Remote command SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax SVERsion on page 126 Duplexing Selects the duplexing The duplexing mode determines how the uplink and downlink signals are separated TDD In TDD mode the same frequency is used for both directions of transmission uplink and downlink With one baseband either down link or uplink frames can be generated Trigger Settings FDD OFDM only In FDD mode different frequencies are used for downlink and uplink directions If only one link direction is considered at once the IEEE 802 16 standard defines no differences between TDD a
272. ymbols for a given modulation type and channel coding rate Parameters lt Count gt integer Range 1 to 1000 RST 2 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 SYMB COUN 12 sets 12 symbols for burst 2 Manual operation See Number of Symbols OFDMA on page 65 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt TYPE Type The command selects the burst type OFDMA Physical Layer Settings Available burst types for downlink DATA FCH DLMap ULMap HARQ DCD UCD SUBMap Available burst types for uplink DATA RANGing HARQ FASTfeedback Parameters lt Type gt DATA FCH DLMap RANGing ULMap HARQ FASTfeedback DCD UCD SUBMap RST DATA Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 TYPE DATA selects burst type DATA Manual operation See Burst Type OFDMA on page 67 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt UCD RANGing BOENd lt BoEnd gt only for burst type UCD Sets the end value for the ranging backoff Parameters lt BoEnd gt integer Range 0 to 15 RST 5 Example BB WIM AOFD ZONEO BURS2 UCD RANG BOEN 10 sets the end value for the ranging backoff to 10 Manual operation See Ranging Backoff End on page 80 SOURce lt hw gt BB WIMax AOFDm ZONE lt st0 gt BURSt lt ch0 gt UCD RANGing BOSTart lt BoStart gt only for burst type UCD Sets the start value for the ranging backoff Parameters

R&S®SMW-K49 IEEE 802.16 WiMAX

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

R&amp;S&reg;SMW-K49 IEEE 802.16 WiMAX

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

R&S®SMW-K49 IEEE 802.16 WiMAX